M - Automatic Transmission

07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0003
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

required)
The Ridgeline SRS includes a driver’s airbag in the steering wheel hub, a passenger’s airbag in the dashboard above
the glove box, seat belt tensioners in the front seat belt retractors, side curtain airbags in the sides of the roof, and side
airbags in the front seat-backs. Information necessary to safely service the SRS is included in this Service Manual.
Items marked with an asterisk ( ) on the contents page include or are located near SRS components. Servicing,
disassembling, or replacing these items requires special precautions and tools, and should be done by an authorized
Honda dealer.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal
or side collision, all SRS service work should be done by an authorized Honda dealer.
• Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and/or side airbags.
• Do not bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, or side impact sensors when the ignition switch is ON (II),
or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF; otherwise, the system may fail in a collision, or the
airbags may deploy.
• SRS electrical connectors are identified by yellow color coding. Related components are located in the steering
column, front console, dashboard, dashboard lower panel, in the dashboard above the glove box, in the front seats,
in the roof side, and around the floor. Do not use electrical test equipment on these circuits.
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＡＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0001
Transaxle
Automatic Transmission .................................. 14-1

Rear Differential ................................................ 15-1
Driveline/Axle ................................................... 16-1
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１３００ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0002
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１３００ＺＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0004
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Link Replacement .................... 14-256
Special Tools ............................................... 14-2 Shift Lever Position Guide
General Troubleshooting Information ...... 14-4 Replacement ............................................ 14-259
DTC Troubleshooting Index ....................... 14-11 Shift Cable Replacement ............................ 14-261
Symptom Troubleshooting Index ............. 14-13 Shift Cable Adjustment .............................. 14-265
Component Location Index ....................... 14-24 Transmission Disassembly ........................ 14-292
System Description .................................... 14-25 Transmission Reassembly ......................... 14-361
DTC Troubleshooting ................................. 14-77
Road Test ..................................................... 14-181 A/T Gear Position Indicator
Stall Speed Test .......................................... 14-183 Component Location Index ....................... 14-268
Pressure Test ............................................... 14-184 Circuit Diagram ........................................... 14-269
Shift Solenoid, Torque Converter Clutch D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting ........... 14-270
Solenoid Valve Test/Replacement ........ 14-188 Transmission Range Switch Test .............. 14-272
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Transmission Range Switch
Valve A Test ............................................. 14-192 Replacement ............................................ 14-273
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid D3 Switch Test/Replacement ..................... 14-276
Valve B Test ............................................. 14-195
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid A/T Interlock System
Valve A and B Replacement ................... 14-198 Component Location Index ....................... 14-280
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Circuit Diagram ........................................... 14-281
Valve C Shift Lock System Circuit
Test ........................................................... 14-200 Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-282
Replacement ............................................ 14-203 Key Interlock System Circuit
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Troubleshooting ...................................... 14-285
Replacement ............................................ 14-205 Key Interlock Solenoid Test ....................... 14-286
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Shift Lock Solenoid Test ............................ 14-286
Replacement ............................................ 14-205 Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Shift Lock Stop Cushion
Switch Replacement ............................... 14-206 Replacement ............................................ 14-287
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Park Pin Switch Test ................................... 14-289
Switch Replacement ............................... 14-207 Park Pin Switch Replacement .................... 14-290
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement ... 14-208
ATF Level Check .......................................... 14-209 Transmission Housing
ATF Replacement ....................................... 14-210 Reverse Idler Gear
Transfer Assembly Fluid Replacement .... 14-211 Removal/Installation ............................... 14-298
Transfer Assembly Inspection ................... 14-212 Reverse Idler Gear
Transfer Assembly Removal ..................... 14-213 Disassembly/Inspection/Reassembly ... 14-298
Transfer Assembly Installation ................. 14-215 ATF Filter
Transfer Breather Hose Replacement ...... 14-217 Removal/Inspection/Installation ............ 14-299
Transmission Removal .............................. 14-218 Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap
Transmission Installation ........................... 14-229 Removal ................................................... 14-300
Drive Plate Removal and Installation ........ 14-238 Installation ............................................... 14-300
ATF Cooler Cleaning ................................... 14-239 Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap,
ATF Cooler Outlet Hose Replacement ...... 14-241 Feed Pipe Replacement .......................... 14-301
ATF Cooler Line and Hose Assembly Mainshaft Bearing
Replacement ............................................ 14-241 Removal ................................................... 14-302
ATF Cooler Replacement ........................... 14-242 Installation ............................................... 14-302
Shift Lever Removal ................................... 14-243 Intermediary Shaft Bearing
Shift Lever Installation ............................... 14-245 Replacement ............................................ 14-303
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly ...... 14-247 Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement .... 14-303
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Control Shaft Bearing Replacement ......... 14-304
Replacement ............................................ 14-248 Control Shaft Oil Seal Replacement ......... 14-304
Shift Lever Knob Replacement .................. 14-253
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＺＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:07 61SJC020_140_0005
Valve Body A/T Differential

Valve Body Repair ...................................... 14-305 Component Location Index ....................... 14-373
Valve Body Valve Installation .................... 14-306 Backlash Inspection .................................... 14-373
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Differential Carrier, Final Driven Gear, and
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-307 Transfer Drive Gear Replacement ......... 14-374
ATF Pump Inspection ................................. 14-308 Carrier Bearing Replacement .................... 14-374
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Oil Seal Replacement ................................. 14-375
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-309 Carrier Bearing Outer Race
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Replacement ............................................ 14-376
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-310 Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ........... 14-378
Accumulator Body Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-311 Transfer Output Shaft
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Component Location Index ....................... 14-381
Clutch Solenoid Valve Transfer Output Shaft Bearing
Removal and Installation ........................ 14-312 Replacement ............................................ 14-381
Oil Seal Replacement ................................. 14-382
Torque Converter Housing Transmission Housing Bearing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement ............................................ 14-383
Replacement ............................................ 14-313 Transfer Output Shaft Installation Height
Countershaft Bearing Replacement .......... 14-314 Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-384
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement ... 14-315
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Transfer Assembly
Replacement ............................................ 14-317 Inspection .................................................... 14-385
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement .... 14-318 Disassembly ................................................ 14-386
Transfer Hypoid Drive Gear Bearing
Shafts and Clutches Replacement ...........................................
............................................ 14-389
Mainshaft Disassembly, Transfer Output Shaft (Hypoid Gear)
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-319 Bearing Removal/Installation ............................... 14-390
Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement ............. 14-320 Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing
Countershaft Disassembly ......................... 14-321 Outer Race Replacement .......................
........................ 14-391
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Transfer Cover Tapered Roller Bearing
Axial Clearance Inspection ..................... 14-323 Outer Race Removal/Installation ........... .......... 14-393
Countershaft Reassembly .......................... 14-325 Transfer Cover Oil Seal Replacement ...... ....... 14-394
Secondary Shaft Disassembly .................
.................. 14-327 Reassembly ................................................
................................................. 14-395
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection .............................. 14-330
1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection ........ 14-332
1st Clutch Hub Replacement ..................... 14-333
Secondary Shaft Reassembly ................... 14-334
Secondary Shaft Installation Height
Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-337
Intermediary Shaft Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly .................. 14-339
Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear
Removal ................................................... 14-340
Installation ............................................... 14-340
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection .............................. 14-341
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height
Inspection/Adjustment ........................... 14-343
Clutch Disassembly .................................... 14-344
Clutch Inspection ........................................ 14-349
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference
Inspection ................................................ 14-350
Clutch Clearance Inspection ...................... 14-351
Clutch Reassembly ..................................... 14-356
07/05/09 16:27:09 61SJC020_140_0006
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty
07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 Mainshaft Holder 1
07GAD-PG40100 or 07GAD-PG40101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07GAD-SD40101 Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 1
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A Clutch Spring Compressor Bolt Assembly 1
07HAD-SG00100 Attachment, 83 mm 1
07JAD-PH80101 Oil Seal Driver Attachment 1
07JAD-SH30100 Attachment, 65 mm 1
07LAD-PW50601 Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 1
07LAE-PX40100 Clutch Spring Compressor Attachment 2
07MAD-PR90100 Attachment, 45 x 55 mm 1
07MAF-SP0011A Tapered Bearing Race Installer 1
07MAF-SP0013A Installer Shaft 1
07MAJ-PY4011A A/T Pressure Hose, 2,210 mm 4
07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Hose Adapter 4
07NAD-PX40100 Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 1
07XAA-002010A Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 1
07XAB-0010101 Companion Flange Holder 1
07ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 1
070AJ-0020101 Preload Inspection Tool 1
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 A/T Clutch Pressure Gauge Set/Panel 1
: 07HAE-PL50101 may be used to substitute one of these tools.
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
14-2
ＳＪＣ８Ａ０００００００００Ｊ１４０１ＰＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:10 61SJC020_140_0007
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 25−40 mm 1
07741-0010201 Sliding Hammer Weight 1
07746-0010200 Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 1
07746-0010300 Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 1
07746-0010400 Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 1
07746-0010500 Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 1
07746-0010600 Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 1
07746-0010800 Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 1
07746-0030100 Driver, 40 mm I.D. 1
07746-0030300 Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
07936-1660101 Bearing Remover Shaft Set, 12 mm 1
07936-3710100 Bearing Remover Shaft Handle 1
07936-GE00100 Bearing Remover Shaft, 10 mm 1
07936-GE00200 Bearing Remover Head, 10 mm 1
07947-6340500 Driver Attachment 1
: Must be used with commercially available 3/8 ’’-16 slide hammer.
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
０１
14-3
07/05/09 16:27:11 61SJC020_140_0008
General Troubleshooting Information

How to Check for DTCs with the Honda If the D indicator or malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
Diagnostic System (HDS) has been reported on, or if a driveability problem is
suspected, do this:
When the powertrain control module (PCM) senses an
abnormality in the input or output system, the D 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user’s
indicator (A) in the gauge control module (B) will manual for specific instructions.)
usually blink.
０７ 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select A/T
B
system, and observe the DTC in the DTCs MENU on
the HDS screen.
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the

PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page
11-194).
3. Record the freeze data and on-board snapshots for

all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except for DTC P0700, which means there is one or
more A/T DTCs, and no problems were detected in
A
the fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
When the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) is connected 5. Clear the DTC and data.
to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located behind the
driver’s dashboard lower cover, it will indicate the 6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the
diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when the ignition switch same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
is turned ON (II) and the appropriate menu is selected. data, and then recheck for a DTC. If the A/T DTC
０７ returns, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
If the DTC does not return, there was an
intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Troubleshooting
Some symptoms will not trigger diagnostic trouble
codes (DTCs) or cause the D indicator to blink. If the
malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) was reported ON or
the D indicator has been blinking, check for DTCs. If the
vehicle has an abnormal symptom, and there are no
DTCs stored, do the symptom troubleshooting. Check
the list of probable cause(s) for the symptom, in the
sequence listed, until you find the problem.
A
14-4
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１００００００００ＢＢＡＴ２０
07/05/09 16:27:11 61SJC020_140_0009
How to Check for DTCs with the SCS Mode If the D indicator and the MIL come on at the same time,
(retrieving the flash codes) or if a driveability problem is suspected, do this:
NOTE: The preferred method is to use the HDS to 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. (See the HDS user’s
retrieve the P-code. manual for specific instructions.)
When the PCM senses an abnormality in the input or 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select SCS mode,
output system, the D indicator (A) in the gauge control then observe the D indicator in the gauge control
module (B) will usually blink. module. Codes 1 through 9 are indicated by
０９ individual short blinks. Code 10 and above are
B
indicated by a series of long and short blinks. One
long blink equals 10 short blinks. Add the long and
short blinks together to determine the code.
１１
Example: DTC 1-1
Short blink (once)
ON
OFF
Example: DTC 15-5
Long blink Short blinks (five)

A
ON
When the D indicator has been reported on, connect the OFF
10 ＋ 5 = 15
HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver’s
dashboard lower cover. Turn the ignition switch to
ON (II), select SCS mode, then the D indicator will 3. Record all fuel and emissions DTCs and A/T DTCs.
indicate flash the DTC.
０８ 4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the
fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC
(except DTC 70 which means there is one or more
A/T DTCs, and no problems were detected in the
fuel and emissions circuit of the PCM).
5. Clear the DTC and data.
6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

same conditions as those indicated by the freeze
data, and then recheck for DTC. If the A/T DTC
returns, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting.
If the DTC does not return, there was an
intermittent problem within the circuit. Make sure
all pins and terminals in the circuit are tight.
(cont’d)
14-5
07/05/09 16:27:12 61SJC020_140_0010
General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 5. Connect one end of the patch cords (A) to a
Connectors commercially available digital multimeter (B), and
connect the other patch cord terminals to
NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and monitors the EVAP commercially available banana jacks (Pomona
system for up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C).
turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ０４
ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting
the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS
line first, can damage the PCM.
A
1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
2. Remove the PCM cover (A). Disconnect the PCM

connectors (B), and probe the terminals from the
terminal side of the connectors.
１９
A B
C
6. Gently slide the pin probe (male) at the connector

terminals from the terminal side. Do not force the
tips into the terminals.
• For accurate results, always use the pin

probe (male).
• To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, do not insert test equipment
probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as
B they can damage the terminals. Damaged
terminals cause a poor connection and an
3. Check the connector terminal diameter, and select incorrect measurement.
the suitable pin probe (male). • Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
4. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is made at the electrical connections.
PCM connector, use the measurement hole (A)
above the terminal you need to check.
０５
14-6
07/05/09 16:27:12 61SJC020_140_0011
Clear A/T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the This procedure must be done after any troubleshooting.
driver’s dashboard lower cover.
０３ NOTE: Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is
stopped.
1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for

30 seconds.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and

disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
4. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).
5. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it to normal

operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
6. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the

A
vehicle for several minutes at speeds over 30 mph
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (50 km/h) or under the same conditions as those
indicated by the freeze date.
3. Clear the DTC(s) on the HDS screen.
OBD Status
The OBD status shows the current system status of
each DTC and all of the parameters. This function is
used to see if the technician’s repair was successfully
completed. The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC
are displayed as:
• PASSED: The on-board diagnosis is successfully

finished.
• FAILED: The on-board diagnosis has finished but
failed.
• NOT COMPLETED: The on-board diagnosis was
running but is out of the enable conditions of the DTC.
(cont’d)
14-7
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0012

Updating the PCM 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start
the engine.
Special Tools Required
• Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the
• Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation driver’s dashboard lower cover.
with HDS and CM update software ０４
• HDS pocket tester
• GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
update software
NOTE:
• Use this procedure when you have to update the PCM
during troubleshooting procedure.
• Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software
version.
• Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in
the vehicle is fully changed.
• Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) during the
update. If there is a problem with the update, leave
the ignition switch to ON (II).
• To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything
electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C,
A
power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update.
• To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If
update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
• You cannot update a PCM with a program it already (see page 11-194). If you are returning from the
has. It will only accept a new program. DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 to 5 and
• High temperature in the engine compartment might clean the throttle body after updating the PCM
cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If (see page 11-314).
the engine has been running before this procedure,
open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
• If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module
(HIM) because the HIM’s red (＃3) lamp came on or 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION
was flashed during the update, leave the ignition CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts.
switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the
HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,
prevent the PCM damage. continue this procedure.
6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the CM

update, and follow the screen prompts to update
the PCM.
14-8
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0013
7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect Substituting the PCM
the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the
procedure that you were doing. If the software in Special Tools Required
the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on • Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester
the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI • Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation
system or the A/T system, make sure you update with HDS and CM update software
both. • HDS pocket tester
• GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM
NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to update software
cool the PCM, follow the instructions on screen. If
you run into a problem during the update NOTE: Use this procedure when you have to substitute
procedure, (programming takes over 15 minutes, a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedure.
status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light
flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.), follow these steps 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the
to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: driver’s dashboard lower cover.
• Leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position. ０１
• Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a
battery charger).
• Shut down the HDS.
• Disconnect the HDS from the DLC.
• Reboot the HDS.
• Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the
update procedure again.
8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean

the throttle body (see page 11-314).
10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If

it doesn’t, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting
(see page 11-194). If you are returning from DLC
circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 to 10, and
clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM
(see page 11-314).
4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.
5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION

CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts.
NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,

continue to the end of this procedure.
(cont’d)
14-9
07/05/09 16:27:13 61SJC020_140_0014

7. Remove the PCM cover (D). 11. Open the SCS with the HDS.
２１
D
NOTE: DTC P0630 ‘‘VIN Not Programmed or

Mismatch’’ may be stored because the VIN has not
been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and
continue this procedure.
13. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS.
F
14. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
software.
A 15. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS.
16. Enter the immobilizer code using the PCM

replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you
to start the engine.
B 17. Reset the PCM with the HDS.

C E
9.8 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 18. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean
the throttle body (see page 11-314).
8. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C.
NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols
(A=□, B=○, C=△) embossed on them for 20. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).
identification.
9. Remove the bolts (E), and remove the PCM (F).
10. Install a known-good PCM in the reverse order of

removal.
14-10
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0015
DTC Troubleshooting Index

NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page
14-4).
(1)
DTC D MIL Detection Item Page
Indicator
(2)
P0705 (5-2) Blinks ON Short in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (see page 14-77)
(Multiple Shift-position Input)
P0706 (6-2) (2) OFF ON Open in Transmission Range Switch Circuit (see page 14-86)
P0711 (28-5) (2) Blinks OFF Problem in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-90)
P0712 (28-3) (2) Blinks OFF Short in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-91)
P0713 (28-4) (2) Blinks OFF Open in ATF Temperature Sensor Circuit (see page 14-93)
P0716 (15-5) (2) Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-96)
Circuit
(2)
P0717 (15-3) Blinks ON Problem in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-96)
Circuit (No Signal Input)
(2)
P0718 (15-6) Blinks ON Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Intermittent (see page 14-102)
Failure
(2)
P0721 (9-5) Blinks ON Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (see page 14-105)
Sensor Circuit
(2)
P0722 (9-3) Blinks ON Problem in Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (see page 14-105)
Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)
(2)
P0723 (9-6) Blinks ON Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (see page 14-111)
Intermittent Failure
P0731 (64-1) Blinks OFF Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-114)
Circuit (1st gear incorrect ratio)
P0732 (64-2) Blinks OFF Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-116)
Circuit (2nd gear incorrect ratio)
P0733 (64-3) Blinks OFF Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-118)
Circuit (3rd gear incorrect ratio)
P0734 (64-4) Blinks OFF Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-119)
Circuit (4th gear incorrect ratio)
P0735 (64-5) Blinks OFF Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th Clutch Hydraulic (see page 14-120)
Circuit (5th gear incorrect ratio)
P0741 (40-3) OFF ON Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic Circuit Stuck (see page 14-121)
OFF
P0746 (76-3) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck (see page 14-122)
OFF
P0747 (76-4) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Stuck (see page 14-122)
ON
P0751 (70-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF (see page 14-124)
P0752 (70-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON (see page 14-124)
P0756 (71-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF (see page 14-125)
P0757 (71-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON (see page 14-125)
P0761 (72-3) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF (see page 14-126)
P0762 (72-4) Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON (see page 14-126)
NOTE:
(1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the SCS mode. The first number(s)
before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected
to the HDS, and in the SCS mode.
(2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
(cont’d)
14-11
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＧＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0016
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and review General Troubleshooting Information (see page
14-4).
(1)
DTC D MIL Detection Item Page
Indicator
P0776 (77-3) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck (see page 14-127)
OFF
P0777 (77-4) Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Stuck (see page 14-127)
ON
P0780 (45-1) Blinks ON Problem in Shift Control System (see page 14-128)
(2)
P0847 (26-3) Blinks OFF Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-129)
Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON
(2)
P0848 (26-4) Blinks OFF Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-131)
Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
P0872 (27-3) Blinks OFF Short in 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-134)
Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck ON
P0873 (27-4) Blinks OFF Open in 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure (see page 14-136)
Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Stuck OFF
(2)
P0962 (16-3) Blinks ON Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid (see page 14-139)
Valve A Circuit
(2)
Valve A
(2)
Valve B Circuit
(2)
Valve B
(2)
Valve C Circuit
(2)
Valve C
P0973 (7-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit (see page 14-157)
P0974 (7-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A Circuit (see page 14-160)
P0976 (8-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit (see page 14-163)
P0977 (8-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B Circuit (see page 14-166)
P0979 (22-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit (see page 14-169)
P0980 (22-4) (2) Blinks ON Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C Circuit (see page 14-172)
P2769 (1-3) (2) Blinks ON Short in Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve (see page 14-175)
Circuit
(2)
P2770 (1-4) Blinks ON Open in Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve (see page 14-178)
Circuit
NOTE:
(1): The DTC in parentheses is the Honda code that you will see when you use the SCS mode. The first number(s)
before the - (hyphen) is the flash code the D indicator indicates when the data link connector (DLC) is connected
to the HDS, and in the SCS mode.
(2): This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
14-12
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0017
Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
When you turn the • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC
ignition switch to • Gauge control module defective (see page 11-3).
ON (II), the D • PCM defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
indicator comes on control module by using the gauge control
and stays on in all module self-diagnostic function (see page
shift lever 22-245).
positions, or it
never comes on at
all
A/T gear position • F-CAN communication line error • Check the F-CAN communication line for a DTC
indicator does not • Gauge control module defective (see page 11-3).
come on while the • PCM defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
shift lever is in that • Transmission range switch control module by using the gauge control
position defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
22-245).
• Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
14-272).
Transmission still A problem in the D3 switch circuit • Check the D3 switch circuit (see page 14-270).
shifts into 4th or • Check the D3 switch (see page 14-276).
5th gear in D even
though the D3
switch is pushed
Shift lever cannot • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Inspect the APP sensor signal (see page 11-248).
be moved from P circuit • Troubleshoot the shift lock system circuit
while you are • Accelerator pedal position sensor (see page 14-282).
pressing on the defective • Test the shift lock solenoid (see page 14-286).
brake pedal • Brake pedal position switch circuit • Inspect the transmission range switch (see page
• Brake pedal position switch 14-272).
defective
• Shift lock solenoid defective
• Shift lock solenoid control circuit
• Shift lock mechanism defective
• Throttle body defective
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch stuck OFF
• Transmission range switch ATP P
switch line opened
Ignition switch A problem in the key interlock system Check the interlock system - key interlock system
cannot be moved of the interlock system circuit (see page 14-285).
from ACC (I) to
LOCK (0) (key is
pushed in, shift
lever in P)
When you turn the • Gauge control module defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge
ignition switch to • PCM defective control module by using the gauge control
ON (II), the D3 • F-CAN circuit defective module self-diagnostic function (see page
indicator comes on 22-245).
and stays on in all • Check for a short or an open in F-CAN wires
shift lever between PCM and gauge control module.
positions, or it
never comes on at
all
(cont’d)
14-13
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＨＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0018
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

When you turn the • Gauge control module defective • Check the indicator drive circuit in the gauge control
ignition switch to • PCM defective module by using the gauge control module self-
ON (II), the A/T • F-CAN circuit defective diagnostic function (see page 22-245).
TEMP indicator • Check for a short or an open in F-CAN wires between
comes on and PCM and gauge control module.
stays on or never
comes on at all
Engine runs, but 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler lines
vehicle does not 2. Shift cable broken or out of for leakage and loose connections. If necessary, clean
move in any gear adjustment the ATF cooler lines.
3. Connection between shift • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and the
cable and transmission or transmission control lever.
body worn • Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the torque
4. ATF pump worn or binding converter housing may cause the ATF pump seizure.
5. Regulator valve stuck or The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related ticking
spring worn noise or a high pitched squeak.
6. ATF strainer clogged • Check the line pressure.
7. Mainshaft worn or • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the strainer is
damaged clogged, find the damaged components that caused
8. Final gears worn or the debris.
damaged • Inspect the differential pinion gears for wear. If the
9. Park mechanism defective differential pinion gears are worn, replace the
10. Transmission-to-engine differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,
assembly error thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the
11. Axle disengaged cooler and lines. Replace the torque converter.
• Be careful not to damage the torque converter
housing when replacing the main ball bearing. You
may also damage the ATF pump when you torque
down the main valve body. This will result in the ATF
pump seizure.
• Install the main seal flush with the torque converter
housing. If you push it into the torque converter
housing until it bottoms out, it will block the fluid
return passage and result in damage.
Vehicle moves in R, 1. 1st accumulator defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
but not in D, 2, or 1 2. Idler gears worn or • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
damaged assembly for wear and damage.
3. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve,
and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and
damage. Inspect the clearance between the clutch
end-plate and the top disc. If the clearance is out of
tolerance, inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear
and damage, and inspect the clutch wave-plate
height. If the discs and plates are worn or damaged,
replace them as a set. If the wave-plate height is out
of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If they are OK,
adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate.
14-14
07/05/09 16:27:14 61SJC020_140_0019

Vehicle moves in 2 1. 1st gear one-way clutch • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
and R, but not in D defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
or 1 2. 1st gears worn or damaged assembly for wear and damage.
3. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
O-rings. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and
the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs and
plates are worn or damaged, replace them as a set. If
the wave-plate height is out of tolerance, replace the
wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the clearance with the
clutch end-plate.
Vehicle moves in D, 1. 1st-hold accumulator • Check the 1st-hold clutch pressure.
2, and R, but not in defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 1st/1st-hold clutch
1 2. 1st-hold clutch defective assembly for wear and damage.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
Inspect the clearance between the 1st-hold clutch plate
and the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance,
inspect the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage,
and inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as a set.
If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance, replace the
wave-plate.
Vehicle moves in D, 1. 2nd accumulator defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
1, and R, but not in 2. 2nd clutch defective • Inspect the secondary shaft and 2nd clutch assembly
2 for wear and damage.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check valve, and
Inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate and
the top disc. If the clearance is out of tolerance, inspect
the clutch discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs and
plates are worn or damaged, replace the discs and
plates as a set. If the wave-plate height is out of
tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the discs and plates
are OK, adjust the clearance with the clutch end-plate.
(cont’d)
14-15
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0020

Vehicle moves in D, 1. Shift fork shaft stuck • Check the line pressure and 5th clutch pressure.
2, and 1, but not in 2. Modulator valve defective • Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift
R (or moves 3. Reverse CPC valve defective fork shaft.
forward in R) 4. 5th accumulator defective • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the ATF
5. 5th clutch defective strainer is clogged with particles of steel or
6. Reverse gears worn or damaged aluminum, inspect the ATF pump. If the ATF
pump is OK, find the damaged components that
caused the debris. If no cause for the
contamination is found, replace the torque
converter.
• Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth chamfers,
and inspect the engagement teeth chamfers of
the countershaft 5th gear and reverse gear.
Replace the reverse gears and the reverse
selector if they are worn or damaged. If the
transmission makes clicking, grinding, or
whirring noises, also replace the mainshaft 5th
gear, reverse idler gear, and countershaft 5th
gear.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
discs and plates for wear and damage, and
inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. Low ATF level • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler
flares when 2. Shift cable broken or out of lines for leakage and loose connections. If
starting off in D adjustment necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
and R 3. ATF pump worn or binding • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
4. Regulator valve stuck or spring the transmission control lever.
worn • Check the line pressure.
5. ATF strainer clogged • Check the ATF strainer for debris. If the strainer is
6. Torque converter check valve clogged, find the damaged components that
defective caused the debris.
• Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the
torque converter housing may cause the ATF
pump seizure. The symptom is mostly an
rpm-ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF pump when you
torque down the main valve body. This will result
in the ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
14-16
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0021

Poor acceleration; 1. One-way check ball defective • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
flares when 2. 1st clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
starting off in D valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
and R; stall speed wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
high in D, 2, and 1 the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as
a set. If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance,
replace the wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
clearance with the clutch end-plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. 2nd accumulator defective • Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
flares when 2. 2nd clutch defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
starting off in D valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
and R; stall speed wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
high in 2 the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares when 2. Shift cable broken or out of connectors.
starting off in D adjustment • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
and R; stall speed 3. Reverse CPC valve defective valve seizure.
high in R 4. 5th accumulator defective • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
5. 5th clutch defective the transmission control lever.
• Check the 5th clutch pressure.
• Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
(cont’d)
14-17
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0022

Poor acceleration; 1. Torque converter clutch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares when solenoid valve defective connectors.
starting off in D 2. Torque converter one-way • Inspect the O-ring, and check the solenoid valve
and R; stall speed clutch defective seizure.
low 3. Engine output low • Replace torque converter.
4. Torque converter clutch piston • Check for a stuck lock-up valve in the valve body.
defective
5. Lock-up shift valve defective
Engine idle 1. Low ATF level • Set the idle rpm in gear to the specified idle
vibration 2. Torque converter clutch speed. If still no good, adjust the engine and
solenoid valve defective transmission mounts.
3. Drive plate defective or • Check the ATF level and check the ATF cooler
transmission misassembled lines for leakage and loose connections. If
4. Engine output low necessary, clean the ATF cooler lines.
5. Torque converter clutch piston • Improper alignment of the ATF pump and the
defective torque converter housing may cause the ATF
6. ATF pump worn or binding pump seizure. The symptom is mostly an
7. Lock-up shift valve defective rpm-related ticking noise or a high pitched
squeak.
housing when replacing the main ball bearing.
You may also damage the ATF pump when you
torque down the main valve body. This will result
in the ATF pump seizure if not detected. Use the
proper tools.
Vehicle moves in N 1. Excessive ATF • Check the ATF level, and drain the ATF if it is
2. Foreign material in separator overfilled.
plate orifice • Check all clutch pressures.
3. Relief valve defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
4. Lubrication control valve valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
5. 1st-hold clutch defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
6. 1st clutch defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
7. 2nd clutch defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
8. 3rd clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
9. 4th clutch defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
10. 5th clutch defective discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
11. Clutch end plate clearance is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
incorrect discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
12. Needle bearing seized, worn, or the clutch end-plate.
damaged
13. Thrust washer seized, worn, or
damaged
14-18
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0023

Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
D, or excessive solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
shock when 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
shifting solenoid valve B defective • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. A/T clutch pressure control valve body gasket and the ATF feed pipes for
solenoid valve C defective wear and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure
5. Shift cable broken or out of control solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC
adjustment valves.
6. Connection between shift cable • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
and transmission or body worn the transmission control lever.
7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check the 1st clutch pressure.
sensor defective • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
8. Output shaft (countershaft) valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
speed sensor defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
9. ATF temperature sensor the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. CPC valve C defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. Foreign material in separator inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
plate orifice and plates are worn or damaged, replace them as
12. Shift valve C defective a set. If the wave-plate height is out of tolerance,
13. Shift valve E defective replace the wave-plate. If they are OK, adjust the
14. Servo control valve defective clearance with the clutch end-plate.
15. 1st accumulator defective
16. 1st check ball stuck
17. One-way check ball defective
18. 1st clutch defective
Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
shifting from N to 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
R, or excessive solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
shock when 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
shifting solenoid valve B defective • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. A/T clutch pressure control valve body gasket and ATF feed pipes for wear
solenoid valve C defective and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure control
5. Shift cable broken or out of solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC valves.
adjustment • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
6. Connection between shift cable the transmission control lever.
and transmission or body worn • Check the 5th clutch pressure.
7. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
sensor defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
8. Output shaft (countershaft) wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
speed sensor defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. ATF temperature sensor clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
10. Shift fork shaft stuck inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
11. CPC valve C defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
12. Reverse CPC valve defective discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
13. Foreign material in separator is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
plate orifice discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
14. Shift valve E defective the clutch end-plate.
15. 5th accumulator defective
16. 5th clutch defective
(cont’d)
14-19
07/05/09 16:27:15 61SJC020_140_0024

Transmission does 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
not shift sensor defective connectors.
2. Output shaft (countershaft) speed • Check the line pressure.
sensor defective
3. Modulator valve defective
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve B defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in D; 2. Shift valve B defective connectors.
starts off in 5th • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve B defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in 2; 2. Shift valve B defective connectors.
starts off in 4th • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in D; 2. Shift valve A defective connectors.
starts off in 3rd • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Erratic shifting: 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
fails to shift in 2; 2. Shift valve A defective connectors.
starts off in 1st • Inspect the O-ring, and check the shift solenoid
valve for seizure.
Excessive shock or 1. A/T clutch pressure control • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares on all solenoid valve A defective connectors.
upshifts and 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
downshifts solenoid valve B defective valve body gasket and the ATF feed pipes for
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed wear and damage. If the A/T clutch pressure
sensor defective control solenoid valve is stuck, inspect the CPC
4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed valves.
sensor defective • Inspect the sensor O-rings.
5. ATF temperature sensor defective
6. CPC valve A defective
7. Foreign material in separator
plate orifice
Excessive shock or 1. Foreign material in separator • Check the 1st and 2nd clutch pressures.
flares on 1-2 plate orifice • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
upshift or 2-1 2. 2nd accumulator defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
downshift 3. 2nd check ball stuck wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
4. 2nd clutch defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
14-20
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0025

Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve C defective • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
flares on 2-3 2. A/T clutch pressure control connectors.
upshift or 3-2 solenoid valve A defective • Inspect the O-rings, and check the shift solenoid
downshift 3. A/T clutch pressure control valve for seizure.
solenoid valve B defective • Check for clogged orifice in the transmission
4. 3rd clutch transmission fluid fluid pressure switch connector. If the orifice is
pressure switch defective clogged, remove it and clean the connector.
5. CPC valve B defective • Check the 2nd and 3rd clutch pressures.
6. Foreign material in separator • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
plate orifice valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
7. Shift valve C defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
8. 2nd accumulator defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. 3rd accumulator defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. 2nd check ball stuck discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. 2nd clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
12. 3rd clutch defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
solenoid valve B defective • Check for clogged orifice in the transmission
4. 4th clutch transmission fluid fluid pressure switch connector. If the orifice is
pressure switch defective clogged, remove it and clean the connector.
5. CPC valve B defective • Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
6. Foreign material in separator • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
plate orifice valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
7. Shift valve C defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
8. 3rd accumulator defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
9. 4th accumulator defective clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
10. 3rd clutch defective discs and plates for wear and damage, and
11. 4th clutch defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
(cont’d)
14-21
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0026

solenoid valve B defective • Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressures.
4. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the clutch piston, clutch piston check
solenoid valve C defective valve, and O-rings. Check the spring retainer for
5. CPC valve B defective wear and damage. Inspect the clearance between
6. CPC valve C defective the clutch end-plate and the top disc. If the
7. Foreign material in separator clearance is out of tolerance, inspect the clutch
plate orifice discs and plates for wear and damage, and
8. Shift valve C defective inspect the clutch wave-plate height. If the discs
9. Shift valve E defective and plates are worn or damaged, replace the
10. Kick-down valve or kick-down discs and plates as a set. If the wave-plate height
short valve defective is out of tolerance, replace the wave-plate. If the
11. 4th accumulator defective discs and plates are OK, adjust the clearance with
12. 5th accumulator defective the clutch end-plate.
Noise from 1. ATF pump worn or binding Improper alignment of the ATF pump and torque
transmission in all 2. Idler gears worn or damaged converter housing may cause the ATF pump
shift lever 3. Thrust washer seized, worn, or seizure. The symptoms are mostly an rpm-related
positions damaged ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
Vehicle does not Torque converter one-way clutch Replace the torque converter.
accelerate above defective
31 mph (50 km/h)
Vibration in all Drive plate defective or transmission Check the stall speed.
shift lever misassembled
positions
Shift lever does 1. Transmission range switch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
not operate defective or out of adjustment connectors.
smoothly 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch. If the
adjustment transmission range switch is faulty, replace it. If
3. Connection between shift cable the transmission range switch is out of
and transmission or body worn adjustment, adjust it and the shift cable.
• Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
the transmission control lever.
Transmission does 1. Shift cable broken or out of • Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
not shift into P adjustment the transmission control lever.
2. Connection between shift cable • Check the park pawl, control shaft, and park lever
and transmission or body worn link for wear and damage. Check if the control
3. Park mechanism defective shaft lever pin is disengaged from the manual
valve guide.
14-22
07/05/09 16:27:16 61SJC020_140_0027

Torque converter 1. Torque converter clutch solenoid • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
clutch does not valve defective connectors.
disengage 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
solenoid valve C defective valve C body gasket for wear and damage. If A/T
3. Torque converter clutch piston clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
defective inspect the CPC valves.
5. Lock-up control valve defective
6. Lock-up timing valve defective
operate smoothly 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
3. Torque converter clutch piston clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
defective inspect the CPC valves.
4. Torque converter check valve • Center all engine mounts.
defective
7. Lock-up timing valve defective
engage 2. A/T clutch pressure control • Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is stuck,
sensor defective inspect the CPC valves.
4. Output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor defective
5. Torque converter clutch piston
defective
6. Torque converter check valve
defective
A/T gear position 1. Transmission range switch • Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
indicator does not defective or out of adjustment connectors.
indicate shift lever 2. Shift cable broken or out of • Inspect the transmission range switch. If the
positions adjustment transmission range switch is faulty, replace it. If
3. Connection between shift cable the transmission range switch is out of
and transmission or body worn adjustment, adjust it and the shift cable.
• Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and
the transmission control lever.
Speedometer and Output shaft (countershaft) speed Check for a stored DTC, and check for loose
odometer do not sensor defective connectors.
work
Engine does not VTEC rocker arms defective Check the engine rocker arms.
rev to high rpm,
and the
transmission
upshifts at low rpm
(engine at normal
operating
temperature)
14-23
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0028
Component Location Index

＊０１
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
PARK PIN SWITCH
D3 SWITCH
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR (DLC)
＊０２
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
Test, page 14-200
Replacement, page 14-203
SOLENOID HARNESS 4TH CLUTCH

CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION FLUID
POWERTRAIN PRESSURE SWITCH
CONTROL MODULE (PCM) Replacement,
page 14-207
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A
Test, page 14-192
Replacement,
page 14-198
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE B
Test, page 14-195
Replacement,
page 14-198
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
Test/Replacement,
page 14-188
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
Test/Replacement,
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) page 14-188
SPEED SENSOR
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION TORQUE CONVERTER
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH CLUTCH SOLENOID
Replacement, page 14-206 VALVE
Test/Replacement,
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) TRANSMISSION page 14-188
SPEED SENSOR RANGE SWITCH
Replacement, page 14-205 SHIFT SOLENOID
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR VALVE B
Replacement, page 14-208 Test/Replacement, page 14-188
14-24
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0029
System Description
General Operation
The automatic transmission is a combination of a three-element torque converter and a four-shaft electronically
controlled unit which provides five forward and one in reverse. The entire unit is positioned in line with the engine.
Torque Converter, Shafts, Gears, and Clutches

The torque converter consists of a pump, turbine, and stator assembly in a single unit. The converter housing (pump)
is connected to the engine crankshaft and turns as the engine turns. Around the outside of the torque converter is a
ring gear which meshes with the starter pinion when the engine is being started. The entire torque converter assembly
serves as a flywheel, transmitting power to the transmission mainshaft. The transmission has four parallel shafts; the
mainshaft, the countershaft, the secondary shaft, and the intermediary shaft. The mainshaft is in line with the engine
crankshaft. The mainshaft includes the 4th and 5th clutches, and gears for 3rd, 4th, 5th and reverse (reverse gear is
integral with 5th gear). The countershaft includes gears for the final drive, 2nd, idler, 1st, 4th, 5th, and reverse (the final
drive gear is integral with the countershaft). The secondary shaft includes the 1st, 1st-hold, and 2nd clutches, and
gears for park, 2nd, idler, and 1st. The intermediary shaft includes the 3rd clutch, and gears for 3rd and 4th. The
countershaft 5th gear and the countershaft reverse gear can be locked to the countershaft at its left end, providing 5th
gear or reverse, depending with which way the selector is moved. The gears on the mainshaft, secondary shaft, and
intermediary shaft are in constant mesh with those on the countershaft. When certain conditions of gears in the
transmission are engaged by the clutches, power is transmitted through the mainshaft, and/or to the secondary shaft,
intermediary shaft, then to the countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and seven solenoid valves.
Shifting and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions. The PCM is located in
the engine compartment.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the secondary valve body, the regulator valve body, and the
accumulator body. They are bolted to the torque converter housing. The main valve body contains the manual valve,
the modulator valve, the torque converter check valve, shift valves A, B, D, and E, CPC valve C, the cooler check valve,
the relief valve, the lock-up shift valve, the lock-up timing valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check
valve, and the ATF pump gears. The secondary valve body contains shift valve C, CPC valves A and B, the reverse CPC
valve, the servo control valve, and the kick-down valve. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the
lock-up control valve, and the 3rd accumulator. The accumulator body contains the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th, and 5th
accumulators, shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Fluid from the
regulator passes through the manual valve to the various control valves. All the clutches receive fluid from the internal
hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control Mechanism

To shift gears, the PCM controls shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and automatic transaxle (A/T) clutch pressure
control solenoid valves A and B, while receiving input signals from various sensors and switches located throughout
the vehicle. The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves to switch the port to send hydraulic pressure
to the clutches. The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B control the CPC valves A and B to shift
smoothly between lower gear and higher gear. This pressurizes a line to one of the clutches, engaging the clutch and
its corresponding gear.
(cont’d)
14-25
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:27:20 61SJC020_140_0030
System Description (cont’d)

General Operation (cont’d)
Lock-up Mechanism
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and D position D3 driving mode (2nd and
3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage, causing the torque
converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the mainshaft rotates at the
same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the timing of the lock-up
mechanism. When the torque converter clutch solenoid valve activates, modulator pressure changes to switch lock-up
on and off. The lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve control the range of lock-up according to A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve C. The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is located on the accumulator body in
the transmission, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C is mounted on the transmission housing. They are
all controlled by the PCM.
Gear Selection
The shift lever has six positions; P: PARK, R: REVERSE, N: NEUTRAL, D: DRIVE 1st through 5th gear ranges, and 1st
through 3rd gear ranges with D3 driving mode, 2: 2nd gear, and 1: 1st gear.
Position Description
P: PARK Front wheels locked; park pawl engaged with park gear on secondary shaft. All clutches are
released.
R: REVERSE Reverse; reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 5th clutch locked.
N: NEUTRAL All clutches are released.
D: DRIVE General driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, then 5th, depending on
(1st through 5th) vehicle speed and accelerator pedal position. Downshifts through 4th, 3rd, 2nd, and 1st on
deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gear.
D: DRIVE with D3 Used for rapid acceleration at highway speeds and general driving; up-hill and down-hill
driving mode driving; starts off in 1st, shifts automatically to 2nd, then 3rd, depending on vehicle speed and
(1st through 3rd) accelerator pedal position.
Downshifts through 2nd to 1st on deceleration to stop. The lock-up mechanism operates in 2nd
and 3rd gear.
2: SECOND Used for engine braking or better traction starting off on loose or slippery surfaces; stays in
2nd gear; does not shift up or down.
1: FIRST Used for engine braking; stays in 1st gear; does not shift up.
Starting is possible only in the P and N positions because of a slide-type neutral-safety switch.
Automatic Transaxle (A/T) Gear Position Indicator

The A/T gear position indicator in the instrument panel shows which shift lever position has been selected.
Transfer Mechanism
The transfer mechanism consists of the transfer drive gear on the differential, the transfer output shaft in the
transmission, the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear), the transfer shaft, the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear), and the
companion flange. The transfer mechanism assembly is on the rear side of the transmission, beside the differential.
The transfer drive gear on the differential drives the transfer output shaft in the transmission. The transfer output shaft
in the transmission is connected to the transfer drive gear (hypoid gear) by splines. Power is transmitted from the
transfer drive gear on the differential to the rear differential via the transfer and the propeller shaft.
14-26
07/05/09 16:27:55 61SJC020_140_0031
Clutches
The five-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission
gears. When hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch drum, the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction
discs and steel plates together, locking them so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted through the engaged clutch
pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, when the hydraulic pressure is bled from the clutch pack, the piston releases
the friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin
independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
1st Clutch
The 1st clutch engages/disengages 1st gear, and is located at the left end of the secondary shaft. The 1st clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
1st-hold Clutch
The 1st-hold clutch engages/disengages 1st-hold in 1 position, and is located in the 1st clutch drum. The 1st-hold
clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure by its ATF feed pipe within the secondary shaft.
2nd Clutch
The 2nd clutch engages/disengages 2nd gear, and is located at the right end of the secondary shaft. The 2nd clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure through the secondary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
The 3rd clutch engages/disengages 3rd gear, and is located at the end of the intermediary shaft. The 3rd clutch is
supplied hydraulic pressure through the intermediary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
4th Clutch
The 4th clutch engages/disengages 4th gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The 4th clutch is joined
back-to-back to the 5th clutch. The 4th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the mainshaft by a circuit
connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
5th Clutch
The 5th clutch engages/disengages 5th gear, as well as reverse gear, and is located at the middle of the mainshaft. The
5th clutch is joined back-to-back to the 4th clutch. The 5th clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the mainshaft
by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
One-way Clutch
The one-way clutch is positioned between the 1st clutch hub and the secondary shaft 1st gear. The secondary shaft 1st
gear is splined to the 1st-hold clutch hub, with the 1st-hold clutch hub splined to the secondary shaft. The secondary
shaft 1st gear provides the outer race surface, and the 1st clutch hub provides the inner race surface. The one-way
clutch locks when power is transmitted from the secondary shaft 1st gear to the countershaft 1st gear. The 1st clutch
and gears remain engaged in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gear ranges in D or 2.
However, the one-way clutch disengages when the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, or 5th clutches and gears are applied in D or 2. This is
because the increased rotational speed of the gears on the secondary shaft causes the one-way clutch to free-wheel
with the 1st clutch still engaged.
14-27
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:27:55 61SJC020_140_0032

Power Flow
Gear Operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
• 4th gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 4th clutch.
• 5th gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• Reverse gear is engaged/disengaged with the mainshaft by the 5th clutch.
• 3rd gear is splined with the mainshaft and rotates with the mainshaft.
Gears on the countershaft:

• Final gear is integral with the countershaft.
• 1st gear, 2nd gear, and 4th gear are splined with the countershaft, and rotate with the countershaft.
• 5th gear and reverse gear rotate freely from the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 5th gear and reverse
gear with the reverse selector hub. The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so 5th gear and reverse
gear engage with the countershaft.
• Idler gear is located over the 2nd gear, and rotates freely from the countershaft.
Gears on the secondary shaft:

• 1st gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 1st clutch. 1st gear is engaged with the secondary
shaft by the one-way clutch and the 1st-hold clutch when decelerating for engine braking.
• 2nd gear is engaged/disengaged with the secondary shaft by the 2nd clutch.
• Idler gear is splined with the secondary shaft, and rotates with the secondary shaft.
• Park gear is integral with the 2nd gear.
Gears on the intermediary shaft:

• 3rd gear is engaged/disengaged with the intermediary shaft by the 3rd clutch.
• 4th gear is splined with the intermediary shaft.
14-28
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＣＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:27:56 61SJC020_140_0033
Transmission Cutaway View

０１
REVERSE IDLER GEAR INTERMEDIARY
SHAFT 4TH GEAR
REVERSE IDLER 5TH CLUTCH INTERMEDIARY
GEAR SHAFT SHAFT 3RD GEAR
4TH CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT
MAINSHAFT
5TH GEAR
RING GEAR
MAINSHAFT TORQUE CONVERTER

REVERSE GEAR
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR

5TH GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT IDLER GEAR
DRIVE PLATE
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB FINAL DRIVE GEAR
REVERSE SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND CLUTCH
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH PARK GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT 1ST GEAR TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
SECONDARY SHAFT IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT 2ND GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR OUTPUT SHAFT
(HYPOID GEAR)
TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
COMPANION
FLANGE
(cont’d)
14-29
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0034

Power Flow (cont’d)
P Position
Hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. The countershaft is
locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear.
N Position
Engine power transmitted from the mainshaft drives the mainshaft 3rd gear, the intermediary shaft 3rd gear, but
hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches. Power is not transmitted to the countershaft. In this position, the
position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shifted from D or R:
• When shifted from D, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft 5th gear and the reverse selector hub, and
the 5th gear engages with the countershaft.
• When shifted from R, the reverse selector engages with the countershaft reverse gear and the reverse selector hub,
and the reverse gear engages with the countershaft.
０２
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD GEAR
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
PARK GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
14-30
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0035
1 Position (Acceleration)
In the 1 position under an acceleration, hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st-hold clutch. The
power flow when accelerating is as follows:
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
• The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear.
• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st-hold clutch, and the 1st-hold clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st
gear with the secondary shaft.
• Power is transmitted to the final drive gear, which in turn drives the final driven gear and the transfer drive gear.
• The transfer output shaft drives the transfer hypoid drive gear/shaft and the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
０３
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER OUTPUT SHAFT (HYPOID GEAR)
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-31
07/05/09 16:27:57 61SJC020_140_0036

1 Position (Deceleration)
The power flow in the 1 position when decelerating is as follows:
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch and the 1st-hold clutch.
• Rolling resistance from the road surface goes through the front wheels to the final driven gear, then to the
countershaft idler gear.
• The one-way clutch disengages because the application of torque is reversed.
• The force conveyed to the secondary shaft idler gear turns the mainshaft 3rd gear via the countershaft idler gear. As
a result, engine braking can be obtained with 1st gear.
０４
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
14-32
07/05/09 16:27:58 61SJC020_140_0037
D Position
In D, the optimum gear is automatically selected from the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears (in D); 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
gears (in D in the D3 driving mode) according to conditions such as the balance between the throttle opening (engine
loading) and vehicle speed.
In 1st gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch, then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
• The secondary shaft 1st gear drives the countershaft 1st gear and the countershaft.
０５
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-33
07/05/09 16:27:58 61SJC020_140_0038

In 2nd gear and 2 Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 2nd clutch, then the 2nd clutch engages the secondary shaft 2nd gear with the
secondary shaft.
• The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 2nd gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
power from 1st gear is cut off at the one-way clutch.
０６
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
2ND CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND GEAR
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-34
07/05/09 16:27:59 61SJC020_140_0039
In 3rd gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 3rd clutch, then the 3rd clutch engages the intermediary shaft 3rd gear with the
intermediary shaft.
• The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the intermediary shaft 4th gear via the intermediary shaft 3rd gear and the 3rd clutch.
• The intermediary shaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft via the mainshaft 4th gear.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 3rd gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０７
3RD CLUTCH
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD GEAR INTERMEDIARY SHAFT
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 4TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR

TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR

4TH GEAR
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-35
07/05/09 16:27:59 61SJC020_140_0040

In 4th gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 4th clutch, then the 4th clutch engages the mainshaft 4th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 4th gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０８
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
4TH CLUTCH TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-36
07/05/09 16:28:00 61SJC020_140_0041
In 5th gear
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft 5th gear when
the shift lever is in a forward range (D, 2, and 1).
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft 5th gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear, which drives the reverse selector hub and the countershaft.
• Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st clutch, but since the rotation speed of 5th gear exceeds that of 1st gear,
０９
5TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT 5TH GEAR TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
REVERSE SELECTOR
HUB
SECONDARY SHAFT
REVERSE SELECTOR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
(cont’d)
14-37
07/05/09 16:28:00 61SJC020_140_0042

R Position
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the servo valve to engage the reverse selector with the countershaft reverse gear
when the shift lever is in R.
• Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 5th clutch, then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the
mainshaft.
• The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.
• The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector which drives the reverse selector hub.
• The rotation direction of the countershaft is changed by the reverse idler gear.
１０
REVERSE IDLER GEAR 5TH CLUTCH
MAINSHAFT TORQUE CONVERTER

REVERSE GEAR
MAINSHAFT
REVERSE SELECTOR
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
COUNTERSHAFT SECONDARY SHAFT

REVERSE GEAR
1ST CLUTCH
ONE-WAY CLUTCH
TRANSFER HYPOID
DRIVE GEAR/SHAFT
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR
TRANSFER
OUTPUT SHAFT
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR
14-38
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0043
Electronic Control System

Functional Diagram
The electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module (PCM), sensors, and solenoid valves. Shifting
and lock-up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all conditions.
The PCM receives input signals from the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and outputs
signals for the engine control system and A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control, grade
logic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control. The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves and the A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves to control shifting transmission gears and lock-up torque converter clutch.
＊０４
PCM
Engine RPM Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor Signal PGM-FI
Control System
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal
Service Check Signal

A/T Control System Shift Solenoid Valve A
VTM-4 Control Unit
Signal Shift Control Shift Solenoid Valve B
VSA Modulator-control Grade Logic Shift Solenoid Valve C

Unit Signal Control
Cruise Control Automatic
Downshift Request Five-speeds
Signal and
Transmission Reverse
Range Switch
Signal A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
Clutch Pressure A/T Clutch Pressure
Control Control Solenoid Valve B
A/T Clutch Pressure
D3 Switch Signal Control Solenoid Valve C
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up

Lock-up Control Solenoid Valve
Speed Sensor Signal ON/OFF
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Lock-up

Speed Sensor Signal Self-diagnosis/ Conditions
Fail-safe Function Vehicle Speed Signal
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Communication and Data Link Connector
Pressure Switch Signal Output Function
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal
Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
A/T Gear Position Indicator
D Indicator
Indicator Control D3 Indicator
A/T TEMP Indicator
(cont’d)
14-39
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６０００００ＣＡＡＴ０３
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0044

Electronic Control System (cont’d)
Shift Control
The PCM instantly determines which gear should be selected by various signals sent from the sensors and the
switches, and it actuates shift solenoid valves A, B, and C to control shifting transmission gear.
The shift solenoid valves use ON-CLOSE/OFF-OPEN type; the shift solenoid valve closes the port of shift solenoid
valve pressure while the shift solenoid valve is turned ON by the PCM, and opens the port when the shift solenoid
valve is OFF.
The combination of driving signals to shift solenoid valves A, B, and C are shown in the table.
Position Gear Position Shift Solenoid Valves

A B C
D Shifting from the N position OFF ON OFF
Stays in 1st ON ON ON
Shifting gears between 1st and 2nd ON ON ON
Stays in 2nd ON ON OFF
Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd OFF ON OFF
Stays in 3rd OFF ON ON
Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th OFF OFF ON
Stays in 4th OFF OFF OFF
Shifting gears between 4th and 5th ON OFF OFF
Stays in 5th ON OFF ON
2 2nd ON ON OFF
1 1st ON ON ON
N Neutral OFF ON OFF
R Shifting from the P and N positions OFF ON ON
Stays in reverse OFF ON OFF
Reverse inhibit control ON ON ON
P Park OFF ON OFF
14-40
07/05/09 16:28:01 61SJC020_140_0045
D position D3 Driving Mode Control

This automatic transmission is equipped with the D3 driving mode in D. The D position has two modes; general
driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st through 5th), and the D3 driving mode (shifts gears automatically 1st
through 3rd). The transmission switches the mode when the D3 switch on the end of the shift lever knob is pressed
with the transmission in D.
０４
D3 SWITCH
SHIFT LEVER KNOB
When the transmission is switched into the D3 driving mode, the D3 indicator next to the D indicator in the gauge
assembly comes on. In the D3 driving mode, the D3 driving mode is cancelled by pressing the D3 switch, and the D3
indicator goes off. Also, the D3 driving mode is cancelled when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When the
shift lever is moved out of D in the D3 driving mode, the D3 indicator goes off, but the transmission returns to the D3
driving mode when the shift lever is returned to D, and the D3 indicator comes on again.
０５
GAUGE ASSEMBLY
D3 INDICATOR
D INDICATOR
A/T GEAR POSITION
INDICATOR
(cont’d)
14-41
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0046

Shift Control - Grade Logic Control
The grade logic control system is used to control shifting in D. The PCM compares actual driving conditions with
programmed driving conditions, based on the input from the throttle position sensor, the engine coolant temperature
sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, and the shift lever position signal, to
control shifting while the vehicle is ascending or descending a slope.
＊０５
PCM
Engine RPM Signal

Engine RPM Control
Transmission Range
Switch Signal and Shift Position
D3 Switch Signal Control
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Fail-safe Control
Signal Actual
Driving
Throttle Position Shift
Sensor Signal (DBW) Position
Read of ATF
Temperature
Output Shaft Comparison Shift Solenoid Valve A
(Countershaft) with Shift Solenoid Valve B
Speed Sensor Signal Master Target of Signals
Shifting Position Shift Solenoid Valve C
Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Correction of Data
Speed Sensor Signal Selection of
Shifting Mode
ATF Temperature Grade Logic Control
Sensor Signal
Calculation of
Barometric Pressure Gradient
Sensor Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature Correction of Engine
Sensor Signal Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Data
Brake Pedal Position
Switch Signal
Correction of Cruise
Control Signal Data
VSA Modulator-control by Downshift
Unit Signal Request Signal
14-42
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0047
Grade Logic Control: Ascending Control

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is climbing a hill in the D position, the system extends the engagement
area of 2nd gear, 3rd gear, and 4th gear to prevent the transmission from frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd
gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th and 5th gears, so the vehicle can run smooth and have more
power when needed.
NOTE: Shift commands stored in the PCM between 2nd and 3rd gears, between 3rd and 4th gears, and between 4th
and 5th gears, enable the PCM to automatically select the most suitable gear according to the magnitude of a gradient.
＊０１
ASCENDING MODE: Upshift Schedule
100 %
1ST 2ND 2ND 3RD 3RD 4TH
Throttle opening
4TH 5TH
: FLAT ROAD MODE
: GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE

50
: MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE
: STEEP ASCENDING MODE
: HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODE
0
Vehicle speed
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

When the PCM determines that the vehicle is going down a hill in the D position, the shift-up speed from 4th to 5th
gear, 3rd to 4th gear, and from 2nd to 3rd (when the throttle is closed) becomes faster than the set speed for flat road
driving to extend the 4th gear, 3rd gear, and 2nd gear driving areas. This, in combination with engine braking from the
deceleration lock-up, achieves smooth driving when the vehicle is descending. There are three descending modes
with different 4th gear driving areas, 3rd gear driving areas and 2nd gear driving areas according to the magnitude of
a gradient stored in the PCM. When the vehicle is in 5th or 4th gear and you are decelerating while applying the brakes
on a steep hill, the transmission will downshift to a lower gear. When you accelerate, the transmission will then return
to a higher gear.
＊０２
DESCENDING MODE: Downshift Schedule
100 %
1ST 2ND 2ND 3RD 3RD 4TH 4TH 5TH
Throttle opening
: FLAT ROAD MODE
: GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE

50
: MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE
: STEEP DESCENDING MODE
0
Vehicle speed
Deceleration Control
When the vehicle goes around a corner and needs to decelerate first and then accelerate, the PCM sets the data for
deceleration control to reduce the number of times the transmission shifts. When the vehicle is decelerating from
speeds above 27 mph (43 km/h), the PCM shifts the transmission from 5th or 4th to 2nd earlier than normal to cope
with upcoming acceleration.
(cont’d)
14-43
07/05/09 16:28:02 61SJC020_140_0048

Clutch Pressure Control
The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C to control the clutch pressure. When shifting
between lower and higher gears, the clutch pressure regulated by A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B,
and C engages and disengages the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals from the various sensors and switches, processes the data, and outputs current to A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C.
＊０６
PCM
Input Shaft
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Actual
Driving
Shift
Output Shaft Position
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Decision of
Accelerator Pedal Shifting Mode
Position Sensor
Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Master Target of Current A/T Clutch Pressure
Controlling Current Feedback Control Solenoid
Valves A, B, and C
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
Correction of Data
Engine RPM Signal
Correction of Engine
Barometric Pressure Torque Signal Data
Sensor Signal
3rd Clutch Correction of

Transmission Fluid Hydraulic Pressure
Pressure Switch Signal Application Timing
4th Clutch
Transmission Fluid Correction of Engine
Pressure Switch Signal Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Data
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal Correction of ATF
Temperature Sensor
ATF Temperature Data
Sensor Signal
14-44
07/05/09 16:28:03 61SJC020_140_0049
Lock-up Control
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve controls the hydraulic pressure to switch the lock-up shift valve and lock-up
ON and OFF. The PCM actuates the torque converter clutch solenoid valve and the A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve ON, the condition of the lock-up starts. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C regulates and
applies the hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to control the amount of lock-up.
The lock-up mechanism operates in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and in the D position D3 driving mode (2nd
and 3rd).
＊０７
PCM
Engine Coolant Engine Coolant

Temperature Temperature Control
Sensor Signal
Shifting Position
Control
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal Gradient Control
by Magnitude
Transmission Range
Switch Signal Fail-safe Control
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal Actual
Driving
Shift
Throttle Position Position
Sensor Signal (DBW)
Lock-up Control
Torque Converter
Output Shaft Clutch Solenoid Valve
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Master Target
Driving Shift of Controlling
Position Lock-up ON/OFF Control
Current
Information Lock-up Condition
Input Shaft Control
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Current A/T Clutch Pressure

Engine RPM Signal Feedback Control Solenoid
Valve C
ATF Temperature Correction of Lock-up Condition

ATF Temperature
Sensor Signal Sensor Data Learning Control
(cont’d)
14-45
07/05/09 16:28:04 61SJC020_140_0050

PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections
＊０３
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
IGNITION SWITCH PCM
BATTERY
BAT IG1 B37 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
IG1 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
C19
ACC B2 LS A
VB SOL
IG1 HOT in ON (II) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
and START (III) SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
*1 *2 B25
ACC HOT in SOLENOID LS B
ACC (I) and ON (II) A2
SLS A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
B35
BRAKE PEDAL LS C
POSITION SWITCH
A8
BK SW SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
C25
BRAKE LIGHTS SH A
SHIFT SOLENOID
A31 VALVE B
SCS C23
DATA LINK CONNECTOR A43 SH B
K−LINE SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
C18
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE SH C
TORQUE CONVERTER
A36 CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
B44
D3 A/T TEMP CAN H LC
F−CAN
Transceiver
A1
Warning Indicator Driver CAN L
B18
VCC1
B40 OUTPUT SHAFT
NC (COUNTERSHAFT)
CPU B33 SPEED SENSOR
SG1
MANIFOLD
Shift Position Indicator Driver Dimming B30 ABSOLUTE
Transmission Range
Cancel Switch/F Circuit MAP PRESSURE (MAP)
Circuit SENSOR
P R N D 2 1
C13
VCC2
B39 INPUT SHAFT
NM (MAINSHAFT)
C14 SPEED SENSOR
P A12 SG2
ATP P
C28
TRANSMISSION R C30 ATFT ATF
RANGE SWITCH ATP R TEMPERATURE
N C31 SENSOR
ATP N
D C32
ATP D
2 C33
ATP 2 C9
EGR
1 C34 EGR VALVE
ATP 1 POSITION
C17 SENSOR
ATP FWD C20
EGRP
D3 SWITCH
A13
D3 SW
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
C15 FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
B36 OP3SW
PG1
B1
PG2 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
C40 C16 FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
LG1 OP4SW
B43
LG2
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)
Terminal side of female terminals
14-46
07/05/09 16:28:04 61SJC020_140_0051
PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs

１２
A □ (44P) B △ (44P) C ○ (44P)
PCM CONNECTOR A □ (44P)

Terminal Wire color Signal Description Measuring conditions/Terminal voltage
number
A1 RED CAN L Sends communication signal With ignition switch to ON (II): About 2.5 V
(pulses)
A2 YEL/BLK SLS Drives shift lock solenoid With ignition switch to ON (II), in P, brake
pedal pressed, and accelerator released:
About 0 V
A8 WHT/BLK BK SW Brake pedal position switch Brake pedal pressed: Battery voltage
signal input Brake pedal released: About 0 V
A12 BLU/BLK ATP P Transmission range switch P In P: About 0 V
position signal input In other than P: Battery voltage
A13 GRN D3 SW D3 switch signal input With D3 switch released: Battery voltage
With D3 switch pressed: About 0 V
A17 ORN APSA Detects accelerator pedal With ignition switch to ON (II) and
position sensor A signal accelerator pedal pressed: About 4.65 V
With ignition switch to ON (II) and
accelerator pedal released: About 0.5 V
A18 YEL APSB Detects accelerator pedal With ignition switch to ON (II) and
position sensor B signal accelerator pedal pressed: About 2.325 V
With ignition switch to ON (II) and
accelerator pedal released: About 0.25 V
A24 GRN VCC3 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
With ignition switch to LOCK (0): About 0 V
A25 WHT VCC4 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
A31 BRN SCS Detects service check signal With the SCS shorted with the HDS: About
0V
With the SCS open: About 5.0 V
A34 BLK SG3 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A35 RED SG4 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
A36 WHT CAN H Communication signal With ignition switch to ON (II): About 2.5 V
outputs (pulses)
A43 LT BLU K-LINE Communication line PCM-to- With ignition switch to ON (II) and HDS
DLC disconnected: About 10.0 V
(cont’d)
14-47
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0052

PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (cont’d)
１３
A □ (44P) B △ (44P) C ○ (44P)
PCM CONNECTOR B △ (44P)

number
B1 BLK PG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B2 BLK/YEL VB SOL Power supply circuit for With ignition switch to ON (II): Battery
solenoid valves voltage
B18 YEL/RED VCC1 Power supply circuit With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
B25 BRN/WHT LS B A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve B control controlled
B30 GRN/RED MAP Detects manifold absolute With ignition switch to ON (II): About 3.0 V
pressure sensor signal At idle: About 1.0 V depending on engine
speed
B33 GRN/WHT SG1 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B35 GRN/RED LS C A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve C control controlled
B36 BLK PG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B37 BLK/YEL IG1 Power supply circuit With ignition switch to ON (II): Battery
voltage
B39 RED NM Input shaft (mainshaft) speed With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0 V or
sensor signal input about 5.0 V
With engine at idle in N: About 2.5 V
(pulses)
B40 BLU NC Output shaft (countershaft) With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0 V or
speed sensor signal input about 5.0 V
With vehicle moving: About 2.5 V (pulses)
B43 BRN/YEL LG2 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
B44 YEL LC Torque converter clutch During lock-up condition: Battery voltage
solenoid valve control During no lock-up condition: About 0 V
14-48
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0053
PCM CONNECTOR C ○ (44P)

number
C9 BLU/RED EGR Drives EGR valve With EGR operating: Duty controlled
With EGR not operation: About 0 V
C13 YEL/BLU VCC2 Power supply for sensors With ignition switch to ON (II): About 5.0 V
C14 GRN/YEL SG2 Sensor ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
C15 BLU/WHT OP3SW 3rd clutch transmission fluid With ignition switch to ON (II):
pressure switch signal input • Without 3rd clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
• With 3rd clutch pressure: About 0 V
C16 BLU/YEL OP4SW 4th clutch transmission fluid With ignition switch to ON (II):
pressure switch signal input • Without 4th clutch pressure: About 5.0 V
• With 4th clutch pressure: About 0 V
C17 BLU/YEL ATP FWD Transmission range switch D In D and 2: About 0 V
and 2 positions signal input In any other positions: Battery voltage
C18 GRN SH C Shift solenoid valve C control With the engine running in 1, and D in 1st,
3rd, and 5th gears: Battery voltage
In P, R, N, 2, and D in 2nd gear: About 0 V
C19 RED LS A A/T clutch pressure control With ignition switch to ON (II): Duty
solenoid valve A control controlled
C20 WHT/BLK EGRP Detects EGR valve position With engine running: About 1.2−3.0 V
sensor signal depending on EGR valve lift
C23 GRN/WHT SH B Shift solenoid valve B control With the engine running in P, R, N, 2, and
1, and D in 1st, 2nd, and 3rd gears: Battery
voltage
In D in 4th and 5th gears: About 0 V
C25 BLU/YEL SH A Shift solenoid valve A control With the engine running in 2 and 1, and D
in 1st, 2nd, and 5th gears: Battery voltage
In P, R, N, and D in 3rd and 4th gears:
About 0 V
C28 BLU/YEL ATFT ATF temperature sensor With ignition switch to ON (II): About 0.2−
signal input 4.0 V (About 1.8 V at normal operating
temperature)
C30 WHT ATP R Transmission range switch R In R: About 0 V
position input In other than R: Battery voltage
C31 RED/BLK ATP N Transmission range switch N In N: About 0 V
position input In other than N: Battery voltage
C32 YEL/GRN ATP D Transmission range switch D In D: About 0 V
position input In other than D: Battery voltage
C33 BLU ATP 2 Transmission range switch 2 In 2: About 0 V
position input In other than 2: Battery voltage
C34 BRN ATP 1 Transmission range switch 1 In 1: About 0 V
position input In other than 1: Battery voltage
C40 BRN/YEL LG1 Ground Less than 1.0 V at all times
14-49
07/05/09 16:28:05 61SJC020_140_0054

Hydraulic Controls
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, and the
accumulator body. The ATF pump is driven by splines on the end of the torque converter which is attached to the
engine. Fluid flows through the regulator valve to maintain specified pressure through the main valve body to the
manual valve, directing pressure to each of the clutches. Shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the torque converter
clutch solenoid valve are mounted on the accumulator body. A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A, B, and C
are mounted on the transmission housing.
＊０１
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B

ACCUMULATOR BODY
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

REGULATOR VALVE BODY CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
SECONDARY VALVE BODY
MAIN VALVE BODY
14-50
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＣＡＡＴ０４
07/05/09 16:28:06 61SJC020_140_0055
Main Valve Body

The main valve body contains the manual valve, the modulator valve, the torque converter check valve, shift valve A,
shift valve B, shift valve D, shift valve E, CPC valve C, the cooler check valve, the relief valve, the lock-up shift valve,
the lock-up timing valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check valve, and the ATF pump gears. The
primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off to control hydraulic pressure going to
the hydraulic control system.
０２
LOCK-UP TIMING VALVE
COOLER CHECK VALVE TORQUE CONVERTER CHECK VALVE
MANUAL VALVE
LOCK-UP SHIFT VALVE
SHIFT VALVE D
SHIFT VALVE B
SHIFT VALVE A
LUBRICATION
CONTORL VALVE
RELIEF VALVE MODULATOR VALVE
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
SHIFT VALVE E MAIN VALVE BODY
CPC VALVE C
Regulator Valve Body

The regulator valve body is located on the main valve body. The regulator valve body contains the regulator valve, the
lock-up control valve, the servo valve, and the 3rd accumulator.
０３
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE BODY
SERVO VALVE/SHIFT FORK SHAFT
(cont’d)
14-51
07/05/09 16:28:06 61SJC020_140_0056

Hydraulic Controls (cont’d)
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains constant hydraulic pressure from the ATF pump to the hydraulic control system, while
also furnishing fluid to the lubricating system and torque converter. Fluid from the ATF pump flows through B and B’.
Fluid entering from B flows through the valve orifice to the A cavity. This pressure of the A cavity pushes the regulator
valve to the spring side, and this movement of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque converter and
the relief valve. The fluid flows out to the torque converter and the relief valve, and the regulator valve returns under
spring force. According to the level of the hydraulic pressure through B, the position of the regulator valve changes,
and the amount of fluid from B’ through the torque converter changes. This operation is continued, maintaining the
line pressure.
０４
From ATF PUMP
To TORQUE CONVERTER To LUBRICATION
VALVE VALVE SPRING

ORIFICE
A B’ B
REGULATOR VALVE
Increases in hydraulic pressure according to torque are regulated by the regulator valve using the stator torque
reaction. The stator shaft is splined to the stator in the torque converter, and its arm end contacts the regulator spring
cap. When the vehicle is accelerating or climbing (torque converter range), the stator torque reaction acts on the stator
shaft, and the stator arm pushes the regulator spring cap in the direction of the arrow in proportion to the reaction. The
stator reaction spring compresses, and the regulator valve moves to increase the line pressure which is regulated by
the regulator valve. The line pressure reaches its maximum when the stator torque reaction reaches its maximum.
０５
TORQUE CONVERTER
STATOR SHAFT
REGULATOR VALVE STATOR
STATOR SHAFT ARM
REGULATOR SPRING CAP
14-52
07/05/09 16:28:07 61SJC020_140_0057
Secondary Valve Body

The secondary valve body is on the main valve body. The secondary valve body contains shift valve C, CPC valve A,
CPC valve B, the reverse CPC valve, the servo control valve, the kick-down valve, and the kick-down short valve.
０６
REVERSE CPC VALVE
SECONDARY VALVE BODY
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
SHIFT VALVE C
CPC VALVE A
KICK-DOWN VALVE
KICK-DOWN SHORT VALVE

CPC VALVE B
Accumulator Body
The accumulator body is on the secondary valve body, and contains the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th, and 5th accumulators.
The 3rd accumulator is in the regulator valve body.
０７
3RD ACCUMULATOR
5TH ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR BODY
4TH ACCUMULATOR 1ST ACCUMULATOR
2ND ACCUMULATOR
14-53
07/05/09 16:28:07 61SJC020_140_0058

Hydraulic Flow
Distribution of Hydraulic Pressure
As the engine turns, the ATF pump starts to operate. Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) is drawn through the ATF
strainer (filter) and discharged into the hydraulic circuit. Then, ATF flowing from the ATF pump becomes line pressure
that’s regulated by the regulator valve. Torque converter pressure from the regulator valve enters the torque converter
through the lock-up shift valve and it is discharged from the torque converter. The torque converter check valve
prevents torque converter pressure from rising.
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves ON and OFF, and the shift solenoid valves control shift solenoid pressure
to the shift valves. Applying shift solenoid pressure to the shift valves moves the position of the shift valve, and
switches the port of hydraulic pressure. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B.
The A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B regulate the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid pressure
and apply the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid pressure to CPC valves A and B.
When shifting gears, the clutches are engaged by pressure from the CPC pressure mode. The PCM controls one of the
shift solenoid valves to move the position of the shift valve. This movement switches the port of the CPC and line
pressure. Line pressure is then applied to the clutch, and the CPC pressure is intercepted. Engaging the clutch with line
pressure happens when shifting is completed.
Hydraulic pressure at the ports:

Port No. Hydraulic Pressure Port No. Hydraulic Pressure Port No. Hydraulic Pressure
1 LINE 5N CPC A or LINE 56 LS A
2 LINE 5D CPC B or LINE 57 LS B
3 LINE 5G CPC B or LINE 58 LS C
3’ REVERSE CPC or LINE 5K CPC B or LINE 90 TORQUE CONVERTER
3’’ REVERSE CPC or LINE 6 MODULATE 90’ TORQUE CONVERTER
4 LINE SA SH A 91 TORQUE CONVERTER
4’ LINE SB SH B 91’ TORQUE CONVERTER
4’’ LINE SC SH C 92 TORQUE CONVERTER
4A CPC A LA LC A 93 ATF COOLER
4B CPC B 9 LINE 94 TORQUE CONVERTER
4C CPC C 10 1ST CLUTCH 95 LUBRICATION
5B CPC A 15 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 95’ LUBRICATION
5C CPC B 20 2ND CLUTCH 96 TORQUE CONVERTER
5H CPC B 25 LINE 97 TORQUE CONVERTER
5J CPC B 30 3RD CLUTCH 99 SUCTION
5A CPC A or LINE 40 4TH CLUTCH X DRAIN
5E CPC A or LINE 50 5TH CLUTCH HX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
5F CPC A or LINE 51 5TH CLUTCH hX HIGH POSITION DRAIN
5M CPC A or LINE 55 CPC C or LINE AX AIR DRAIN
NOTE:
• CPC: Clutch Pressure Control pressure
• SH: Shift Solenoid pressure
• LS A: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid A pressure
• LS B: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid B pressure
• LS C: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid C pressure
• LC: Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid pressure
14-54
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＣＡＡＴ０５
07/05/09 16:28:08 61SJC020_140_0059
N Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves. The conditions of the shift solenoid valves and the positions of the shift
valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, and shift valve A moves to the left side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B stays on the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and shift valve C stays on the left side.
Line pressure (1) passes through the manual valve and becomes line pressure (25). Line pressure (25) stops at shift
valve D. Line pressure (1) also flows to the modulator valve and becomes modulator pressure (6). Modulator pressure
(6) flows to the shift solenoid valves, A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B, and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C. Under this condition, hydraulic pressure is not applied to the clutches.
NOTE: When used, ‘‘left’’ or ‘‘right’’ indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.
０８
1ST/1ST-HOLD 2ND 3RD 5TH 4TH
1ST CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR CLUTCH 3RD
ACCUMULATOR
TORQUE ACCUMULATOR 4TH
CONVERTER ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
10 40 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
X 58 h6X 5H h7X 5J 4A 25 PRESSURE SWITCH
50
SB
1ST ACCUMULATOR SHIFT VALVE B
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
90 5F 5E 5D A9X 50X 9 KICK-DOWN VALVE X 4 56 SHIFT
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
CONVERTER SHIFT 5D SA
CLUTCH 5F 5E 50X 5G 5J 5H VALVE C 10 5C 4A SC
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
LOCK-UP A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
TIMING VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
94 LOCK-UP 4C SA 4C HX AX
LA 91’ 91 SHIFT VALVE
6
55 4 X 1 X 58 A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
X CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
90’ 93 96 58 97 2 X CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
X 95 LUBRICATION VALVE 1
LOCK-UP
CONTROL MODULATOR VALVE
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
TORQUE CONVERTER X X
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
SECONDARY SHAFT 10 3’ X 57 SC 4’’ 4’X
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT 3’’ REVERSE
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
REGULATOR LUBRICATION
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-55
07/05/09 16:28:10 61SJC020_140_0060

Hydraulic Flow (cont’d)
D Position: 1st gear shifting from the N position
When shifting to D from N, the condition of the shift solenoid valves remain the same as in N. The manual valve
moves to D and switches the port of line pressure (4) leading to shift valve C and CPC valve B. Line pressure (4) flows
to the 1st clutch via shift valve C. Line pressure (1) becomes CPC C pressure (4C) at CPC valve C, then goes to the 1st
accumulator back side. Line pressure (4) also becomes CPC B pressure (4B) at the CPC B valve. CPC B pressure goes to
the 3rd clutch, via shift valves C, B, and A, and the 3rd clutch is engaged. The 1st clutch is engaged gently when
shifting to D from N.
０９
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-56
07/05/09 16:28:44 61SJC020_140_0061
D Position: Driving in 1st gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valves A and C ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. SH A pressure (SA) in the
right side of shift valves A and E is released, and shift valves A and E are moved to the right side. SH C pressure (SC) in
the right side of shift valve C is released, and modulator pressure (6) is applied to the left side of shift valve C. Shift
valve C is moved to the right side. These valve movements release CPC C pressure (4C) from the back of the 1st
accumulator and the 3rd clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged securely.
１０
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP CONTROL MODULATOR VALVE
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-57
07/05/09 16:28:45 61SJC020_140_0062

D Position: Shifting between 1st gear and 2nd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B. LS B pressure (57) in the right side of CPC valve B is released, and LS A pressure (56) is applied to the right
side of CPC valve A. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and CPC A pressure passes
through shift valves C, A, and B, to become 2nd clutch pressure. The 2nd clutch is engaged with CPC pressure, and the
1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１１
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-58
07/05/09 16:28:47 61SJC020_140_0063
D Position: Driving in 2nd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and shift solenoid valves A and B remain ON. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Then shift valve C is moved to the left
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. The 2nd clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode,
and the 2nd clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-
way clutch.
１２
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-59
07/05/09 16:28:49 61SJC020_140_0064

D Position: Shifting between 2nd gear and 3rd gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A OFF. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valve B
stays ON, and shift solenoid valve C remains OFF. Shift solenoid valve A is turned OFF, and SH A pressure (SA) is
applied to the right side of shift valves A and E. Then shift valves A and E are moved to the left side to switch the port
of line pressure and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B
pressure (4B) at CPC valve B. CPC B pressure (4B) becomes 3rd clutch pressure (30) at shift valve A via shift valves C
and B, and flows to the 3rd clutch. The 2nd clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position
of shift valve A. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１３
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-60
07/05/09 16:28:50 61SJC020_140_0065
D Position: Driving in 3rd gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to release LS A
pressure (56) in CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. Releasing LS
A pressure (56) in CPC valve A releases CPC A pressure in the 2nd clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned ON, and SH C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Then shift valve C is moved to the right
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. The 3rd clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode,
and the 3rd clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-
way clutch.
１４
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-61
07/05/09 16:28:52 61SJC020_140_0066

D Position: Shifting between 3rd gear and 4th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve B OFF. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to apply LS A pressure (56) to CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A
remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve C remains ON. Shift solenoid valve B is turned OFF, and SH B pressure (SB) is
applied to the right side of shift valve B. Then shift valve B is moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure
and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B pressure (4B)
at CPC valve B. CPC A pressure (4A) becomes 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve D via shift valves C, A, and B, and
flows to the 4th clutch. The 3rd clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position of shift
valve B. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１５
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-62
07/05/09 16:28:54 61SJC020_140_0067
D Position: Driving in 4th gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to release LS B
pressure (57) in CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valves A and B remain OFF. Releasing LS B pressure (57) in CPC valve B
releases CPC B pressure in the 3rd clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC)
is applied to the right side of shift valve C. Then shift valve C is moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure
and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 4th clutch pressure (40) at shift valve D via shift
valves C, A, and B, and flows to the 4th clutch. The 4th clutch pressure is changed to line pressure mode by switching
the position of shift valve C, and the 4th clutch is engaged securely. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is
transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１６
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-63
07/05/09 16:28:55 61SJC020_140_0068

D Position: Shifting between 4th gear and 5th gear
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve A ON. The PCM also
controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Shift solenoid valves
B and C remain OFF. Shift solenoid valve A is turn ON, and SH A pressure (SA) in the right side of shift valves A and E
is released. Then shift valves A and E are moved to the left side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure.
Line pressure (4) becomes CPC A pressure (4A) at CPC valve A, and becomes CPC B pressure (4B) at CPC valve B. CPC
B pressure (4B) becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at shift valve C, and flows to the 5th clutch via shift valves B and A
and the manual valve. The 4th clutch pressure is changed to CPC pressure mode by switching the position of shift
valve A. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１７
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-64
07/05/09 16:28:57 61SJC020_140_0069
D Position: Driving in 5th gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C ON, and controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to release LS A
pressure (56) in CPC valve A. Shift solenoid valve A remains ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains OFF. Releasing LS
A pressure (56) in CPC valve A releases CPC A pressure in the 4th clutch pressure circuit. Shift solenoid valve C is
turned ON, and SH C pressure (SC) in the right side of shift valve C is released. Then shift valve C is moved to the right
side to switch the port of line pressure and CPC pressure. Line pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 5th clutch
pressure (50) at the manual valve, via shift valves C, B, and A, and flows to the 5th clutch. The 5th clutch pressure is
changed to line pressure mode by switching the position of shift valve C. The 5th clutch is engaged securely, and the
1st clutch is also engaged. No power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１８
1ST/1ST-HOLD 2ND 3RD
1ST CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH 5TH 4TH
ACCUMULATOR CLUTCH 3RD CLUTCH CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
OFF SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-65
07/05/09 16:28:59 61SJC020_140_0070

2 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B. The conditions of
the shift solenoid valves and the position of the shift valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, and shift valve A is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and shift valve C is in the left side.
The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A to apply LS A pressure (56) to CPC valve A. Line
pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 2nd clutch pressure (20) at shift valve B, via shift valves C and A. 2nd
clutch pressure (20) is applied to the 2nd clutch, and the 2nd clutch is engaged. The 1st clutch is also engaged. No
power is transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
１９
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
58 h6X 5H h7X 5J 4A 25 PRESSURE SWITCH
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
94 LOCK-UP 4C 4C HX AX
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-66
07/05/09 16:29:00 61SJC020_140_0071
1 Position
The PCM controls the shift solenoid valves and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B. The conditions of
the shift solenoid valves and the position of the shift valves are as follows:
• Shift solenoid valve A is turned ON, and shift valve A is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve B is turned ON, and shift valve B is in the right side.
• Shift solenoid valve C is turned ON, and shift valve C moves to the right side by modulator pressure (6).
The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B to apply LS B pressure (57) to CPC valve B. Line
pressure (4) from the manual valve becomes 1st clutch pressure (10) at shift valve C. 1st clutch pressure (10) is applied
to the 1st clutch, and the 1st clutch is engaged. Line pressure (4) also flows to CPC valve B, and becomes CPC B
pressure (4B). CPC B pressure (4B) becomes 1st-hold clutch pressure (15) at shift valve D, via shift valves C, B, and A.
1st-hold clutch pressure (15) is applied to the 1st-hold clutch, and the 1st-hold clutch is engaged.
２０
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
ON SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-67
07/05/09 16:29:02 61SJC020_140_0072

R Position: Shifting to the R position from the P or N position
Line pressure (1) becomes line pressure (3) at the manual valve, and flows to the reverse CPC valve. Line pressure (3)
is regulated by the reverse CPC valve and becomes reverse CPC pressure (3’). Reverse CPC pressure (3’) pushes the
servo valve to the reverse position, passes through the servo valve, and flows to the manual valve. Reverse CPC
pressure (3’’) becomes 5th clutch pressure (50) at the manual valve. 5th clutch pressure (50) is applied to 5th clutch,
and 5th clutch is engaged with reverse CPC pressure.
２１
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
ON SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95 6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-68
07/05/09 16:29:03 61SJC020_140_0073
R Position: Driving in reverse gear

The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF. Shift solenoid valve A remains OFF, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON.
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the reverse CPC valve. Then
the reverse CPC valve moves to the left side, creating full line pressure. Line pressure to the 5th clutch is the same as
when shifting to the R position, and 5th clutch pressure increases. The 5th clutch is engaged with line pressure mode.
Reverse Inhibitor Control

When the R position is selected while the vehicle is moving forward at speeds over 6 mph (10 km/h), the PCM turns
shift solenoid valves A and C ON, and shift solenoid valve B remains ON. The reverse CPC valve is moved to right side
and covers the port to stop the line pressure (3’) to the servo valve. The line pressure (3’) is not applied to the servo
valve, and the 5th clutch pressure (50) is not applied to the 5th clutch, as a result, power is not transmitted to the
reverse direction.
２２
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
LOCK-UP
VALVE
CONTROL VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
(cont’d)
14-69
07/05/09 16:29:05 61SJC020_140_0074

P Position
Shift solenoid valve C is turned OFF by the PCM, and SH C pressure (SC) is applied to the right side of the reverse CPC
valve. Then the reverse CPC valve is moved to the left side to uncover the port leading line pressure (3) to the servo
valve. Line pressure (3’) passes through the servo valve and flows to the manual valve. Line pressure (3’’) is
intercepted at the manual valve, and is not applied to the clutches.
２３
ACCUMULATOR
4C
5TH
ACCUMULATOR
1ST-HOLD
ACCUMULATOR
X
20 30
10 15 50 40
15
X 30 40
15 20 55
SHIFT VALVE D
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID
50
SB
CHOKE AX SHIFT
5D 5G 5H 5C 5K SB
5N 20 5H 4A CPC
VALVE
4A
ON SOLENOID
A
VALVE B
91 6 X
94 9 A4X A6X CPC
VALVE
OFF SOLENOID
B
4 AX VALVE C
6 6 SC
SHIFT
LA SHIFT
50X
4B X 4B 57
OFF SOLENOID
TORQUE X
VALVE A
VALVE A
SOLENOID 58 HX
90 91 58 X
VALVE
HX AX
6 4
X 5B 5A 5B 51 5K 30 H3X SA H1X 4 5A H2X
X 90’ 91’ 4 5B 6
SHIFT VALVE E 56
CPC VALVE C
6
96 92 93 X
95
6 6
HX AX
57
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE
SA 58 4 25 2 51 50
6
X 90 92 1 3 MANUAL 3’’
CONTROL VALVE VALVE
90
RELIEF VALVE 95
93 AX AX
FINAL GEAR
4 SB
3 3 9
MAINSHAFT 10
SERVO CONTROL VALVE
HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
X 95’ CPC VALVE
93 4’ 4’’ X
COOLER 3’’
CHECK VALVE 92 95
99 3’
VALVE CHECK VALVE
SERVO VALVE
ATF FILTER
COOLER ATF PUMP
14-70
07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_140_0075
Lock-up System
The lock-up mechanism of the torque converter clutch operates in D (2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th), and D in the D3 driving
mode (2nd and 3rd). The pressurized fluid is drained from the back of the torque converter through a fluid passage,
causing the torque converter clutch piston to be held against the torque converter cover. As this takes place, the
mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine crankshaft. Together with the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes
the timing and amount of the lock-up mechanism. When torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned on by the
PCM, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve pressure switches the lock-up shift valve lock-up on and off. A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C, the lock-up control valve, and lock-up timing valve control the amount of
lock-up.
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up ON (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid in the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off, and
fluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque converter clutch
piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages with the torque converter cover;
the torque converter clutch lock-up is ON, and the mainshaft rotates at the same speed as the engine.
０１
Power flow TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH PISTON
DAMPER SPRING
The power flows by way of:
TURBINE
Engine
↓
Drive plate
↓ TORQUE CONVERTER To ATF cooler
Torque converter cover COVER
INLET OUTLET
↓
Torque converter clutch piston
↓
Damper spring
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up OFF (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid entered from the chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes
through the torque converter and goes out from the chambers between the turbine and the stator, and between the
pump and the stator. As a result, the torque converter clutch piston moves away from the torque converter cover, and
the torque converter clutch lock-up is released; the torque converter clutch lock-up is OFF.
０２
Power flow TURBINE PUMP
The power flows by way of: STATOR

Engine
↓
Drive plate TORQUE CONVERTER
COVER To ATF cooler
↓
Torque converter cover INLET
↓
Pump
↓
Turbine
↓
Mainshaft
MAINSHAFT
(cont’d)
14-71
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４００００００ＣＡＡＴ０６
07/05/09 16:29:06 61SJC020_140_0076

Lock-up System (cont’d)
No Lock-up
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned OFF by the PCM. The lock-up shift valve receives LC pressure (LA)
on the left side, and modulator pressure (6) on the right side. The lock-up shift valve is in the right side to uncover the
port leading torque converter pressure (92) to the left side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (92)
becomes torque converter pressure (94), and enters into the left side of the torque converter to disengage the torque
converter clutch. The torque converter clutch is OFF.
０３
TORQUE
CONVERTER
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP
96 92 93 X 6 MODULATOR PRESSURE (6)

95
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
TORQUE X HX hX COUNTERSHAFT
CONVERTER RELIEF VALVE SECONDARY SHAFT
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
93 X REGULATOR 95’
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
ATF COOLER FILTER ATF PUMP
14-72
07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_140_0077
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the prescribed value, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned ON by
the PCM to release LC pressure (LA) in the left cavity of the lock-up shift valve. Modulator pressure (6) is applied to the
right side of the lock-up shift valve, then the lock-up shift valve is moved in the left side to switch the port leading
torque converter pressure to the right side of the torque converter. Torque converter pressure (91) is applied to the
right side of the torque converter to engage the lock-up clutch. The PCM also controls A/T clutch pressure control
solenoid valve C, and LS C pressure (58) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve. When LS
C pressure (58) is lower, torque converter pressure (91) from the lock-up timing valve is lower. The torque converter
clutch is engaged partially. LS C pressure (58) increases, and the lock-up timing valve is moved to the left side to
uncover the port leading torque converter pressure to high. The torque converter clutch is then engaged securely.
Under this condition, the torque converter clutch is engaged by pressure from the right side of the torque converter;
this condition is partial lock-up.
０４
TORQUE
CONVERTER
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP

95 LS C PRESSURE (58)
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
(cont’d)
14-73
07/05/09 16:29:07 61SJC020_140_0078

Lock-up System (cont’d)
Full Lock-up
When the vehicle speed further increases, the PCM controls A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C to increase
LS C pressure (58). The LS C pressure (58) is applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve, and
moves them to the left side. Under this condition, torque converter back pressure is released fully, causing the torque
converter clutch to be fully engaged.
０５
TORQUE
CONVERTER
91
90
94
TORQUE CONVERTER 6
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE
X LA
90 91 X
90’ 91’ 58
LOCK-UP X
TIMING VALVE
94 LOCK-UP

95 LS C PRESSURE (58)
90’ 96 58 97
X 90 92
X LOCK-UP
CONTROL
90 VALVE
AX AX
93 FINAL GEAR
MAINSHAFT
X
CHECK VALVE
INTERMEDIARY
1 1 95 SHAFT
VALVE
COOLER CHECK
VALVE 92
99 95
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE
14-74
07/05/09 16:29:09 61SJC020_140_0079
Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System

＊０１
*1 : ’06 model
*2 : ’07-08 models
UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
UNDER−HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
No.21 (7.5 A) *2
BATTERY IG1 A6 N44 A20
No.22 (BAT) (120 A) No.23 (IG) (50 A) YEL
G1 BAT A5 No.19 (15 A) DIMMING
X38
CANCEL
ACC No.18 (15 A) CIRCUIT
IG1 HOT in ON (II) D1
No.13 (20 A) BLK/GRN
and START (III) *1 P
ACC HOT in No.32 (7.5 A)
N36 R
ACC (I) and ON (II)
N SHIFT
BLK/YEL BLK/GRN POSITION
RED D INDICATOR
DRIVER
SHIFT LOCK POWERTRAIN To 12 V 2
SOLENOID CONTROL 1
5 1 MODULE (PCM) VB SOL B2
YEL/RED* BLK/YEL
RED To 5 V D3
YEL*2 WARNING
IG1 B37 A/T INDICATOR
BLK/YEL TEMP DRIVER
6 A2 SLS CPU
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK
CAN H A36 B8
WHT WHT
F−CAN
D3 CAN L A1 B1 TRANSCEIVER
RED RED
SWITCH
4 A13 D3 SW C6
WHT GRN GRN BLU/BLK
C4
WHT
C5 TRANSMISSION
3 RED/BLK
WHT BLK C7 RANGE SWITCH
YEL/GRN I/F CIRCUIT
C9
BLU
C8
BRAKE BRN
PEDAL G401
POSITION C10
SWITCH A8 BK SW BLK
WHT/BLK WHT/BLK A10
BLK
MICU G401
G402
A31 SCS BRN
BRN STARTER
DATA LINK BLU CUT
CONNECTOR YEL/GRN RELAY
(DLC) A43 K−LINE RED/BLK BLU/WHT
LT BLU
WHT
ATP FWD C17

BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
ATP 2 C33
BLU
B43 LG2 ATP D C32
BRN/YEL YEL/GRN
ATP N C31
RED/BLK
ATP R C30
C40 LG1 WHT
BRN/YEL ATP P A12
BLU/BLK BLK
B36 PG1 BLU/BLK BLU/WHT

BLK
4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5 G101
G102
B1 PG2 FWD ST E
BLK N D
R 2
P 1
G101
G102
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

(cont’d)
14-75
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＥＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0080

Circuit Diagram - PCM A/T Control System (cont’d)
＊０２
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
MODULE (PCM)
To 12 V SHIFT SOLENOID
To 5 V
VALVE A
1 B18 VCC1 SH A C25 4

YEL/RED YEL/RED BLU/YEL RED
OUTPUT SHAFT 2 B40 NC
(COUNTERSHAFT) BLU
SPEED SENSOR SHIFT SOLENOID
3 B33 SG1 VALVE B
GRN/WHT GRN/WHT
SH B C23 1
GRN/WHT ORN
1
YEL/RED SHIFT SOLENOID
MAP 2 B30 MAP VALVE C
SENSOR GRN/RED
3
GRN/WHT SH C C18 2
GRN GRN
TORQUE CONVERTER
1 C13 VCC2 CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
INPUT SHAFT 2 B39 NM LC B44 3
(MAINSHAFT) RED YEL YEL
SPEED SENSOR 3 C14 SG2
GRN/YEL GRN/YEL
2 C28 ATFT
ATF BLU/YEL
TEMPERATURE LS A C19 1
SENSOR 1 RED A/T CLUTCH
GRN/YEL PRESSURE
CONTROL
2 SOLENOID
BLK VALVE A
3
YEL/BLU
4 C9 EGR LS B B25 1 A/T CLUTCH
BLU/RED BRN/WHT
EGR VALVE 2 PRESSURE
POSITION GRN/YEL CONTROL
SENSOR 1 C20 EGRP 2 SOLENOID
WHT/BLK BLK VALVE B
6
BLK LS C B35 1 A/T CLUTCH

GRN/RED
PRESSURE
CONTROL
2 SOLENOID
BLK VALVE C
G101
G102
G101
G102
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
OP3SW C15
BLU/WHT
4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

OP4SW C16
BLU/YEL
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-76
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0081
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
8. Measure the voltage between transmission range
NOTE: switch connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5.
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and ０１
any on-board snapshot, and review General TRANSMISSION RANGE
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). SWITCH CONNECTOR
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the
transmission.
ATP P (BLU/BLK) PG1 (BLK)
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
2. Start the engine.
3. With the brake pedal pressed, move the shift lever

through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in Wire side of female terminals
each position.
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs Is there battery voltage?
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 14.
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Go to step 9.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time. Check for an intermittent short in the wire
between the transmission range switch and the
PCM.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If

the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 3 and recheck.
6. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page

14-272).
Is the switch OK ?
YES−Disconnect the switch connector, then go to

step 7.
NO−Go to step 44.
(cont’d)
14-77
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７０５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:29:10 61SJC020_140_0082
DTC Troubleshooting (cont’d)

9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Check for continuity between transmission range
switch connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. ０３
TRANSMISSION RANGE
11. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). SWITCH CONNECTOR
12. Check for continuity between PCM connector PG1 (BLK)

terminal A12 and body ground.
０２
PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
ATP P (BLU/BLK)
Wire side of female terminals
Is there continuity?

NO−Repair an open in the wire between
transmission range switch connector terminal
Is there continuity? No. 5 and ground (G101, G102), or repair poor
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 45.
YES−Repair a short to body ground in the wire
between PCM connector terminal A12 and the
transmission range switch, then go to step 45.
NO−Go to step 13.
14-78
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0083
14. Measure the voltage between transmission range 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
switch connector terminals No. 3 and No. 5.
０４ 16. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 17. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
18. Check for continuity between PCM connector

ATP R (WHT) PG1 (BLK) terminal C30 and body ground.
０５
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
ATP R (WHT)
Is there battery voltage?

NO−Go to step 15.

between PCM connector terminal C30 and the
NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-79
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0084

０６ 21. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE
PG1 (BLK) 23. Check for continuity between PCM connector

terminal C31 and body ground.
０７
ATP N (RED/BLK)
ATP N (RED/BLK)

NO−Go to step 20.

NO−Go to step 51.
14-80
07/05/09 16:29:11 61SJC020_140_0085
０８ 26. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

ATP D (YEL/GRN) PG1 (BLK) terminal C32 and body ground.
０９
ATP D (YEL/GRN)

NO−Go to step 25.

NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-81
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0086

１０ 31. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

１１
ATP 2 (BLU)
ATP 2 (BLU)

NO−Go to step 30.
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal C33 and the transmission
range switch, then go to step 45.
NO−Go to step 51.
14-82
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0087
１２ 36. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

ATP 1 (BRN) PG1 (BLK) terminal C34 and body ground.
１３
ATP 1 (BRN)

NO−Go to step 35.

NO−Go to step 51.
(cont’d)
14-83
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0088

１４ 41. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
TRANSMISSION RANGE

１５
ATP FWD (BLU/YEL) ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)

NO−Go to step 40.

NO−Go to step 51.
14-84
07/05/09 16:29:12 61SJC020_140_0089
44. Replace the transmission range switch (see page 51. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
14-273). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
good PCM (see page 14-9).
45. Reconnect all connectors.
46. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in
each position.
53. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
through all positions. Stop for at least 1 second in Is DT C P07 05 indicated?
each position.
YES−Check for poor connections or loose
49. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the transmission range switch and the
PCM. If the PCM was updated, substitute a known-
Is DT C P07 05 indicated? good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 52. If the
PCM was substituted, go to step 1.
terminals at the transmission range switch and the NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0705 is not
PCM, then go to step 1. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
are indicated, go to step 54.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0705 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are 54. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs
indicated, go to step 50. MENU with the HDS.
50. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0705 in the DTCs Does the screen indicate PASSED?
MENU with the HDS.
YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Does the screen indicate PASSED? complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 49, 53, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor connections or loose terminals at the transmission
connections or loose terminals at the transmission range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 48. go to step 52. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 52.
14-85
07/05/09 16:29:13 61SJC020_140_0090

DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 8. Adjust the shift cable (see page 14-265).
Switch Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 11. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
transmission. down and stop the wheels.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 11.
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels 13. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs
to rotate freely. MENU with the HDS.
3. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D until the
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
down and stop the wheels. time. Check for an intermittent short in the wire
between the transmission range switch and the
4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the PCM.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
MENU with the HDS. 11.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 14. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this 15. Move the shift lever into D, and verify the ATP FWD
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals and ATP D inputs with the HDS in the A/T data list.
at the transmission range switch and the PCM.
Are AT P F W D and AT P D ON?
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to YES−Go to step 16.
step 3 and recheck.
NO−Go to step 22.
16. Shift to 2, and verify the ATP FWD and ATP 2 inputs
7. Inspect the transmission range switch (see page with the HDS in the A/T data list.
14-272).
Are AT P F W D and AT P 2 ON?
Is the switch OK ?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−Go to step 22.
NO−Go to step 29.
14-86
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７０６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:02 61SJC020_140_0091
18. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
19. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the 26. Measure the voltage between transmission range
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D until the switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 9.
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow ０２
down and stop the wheels. TRANSMISSION RANGE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
20. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 21. PG1 (BLK)
21. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0706 in the DTCs

MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? ATP FWD (BLU/YEL)

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Wire side of female terminals
at the transmission range switch and the PCM.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 22. If Is there voltage?

step 19 and recheck. YES−Go to step 27.
22. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
transmission range switch and PCM connector
23. Disconnect the transmission range switch terminal C17, then go to step 30.
connector.
27. Measure the voltage between transmission range
24. Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals No. 2 and No. 5.
switch connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. ０３
０１ TRANSMISSION RANGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
SWITCH CONNECTOR
PG1 (BLK) ATP D (YEL/GRN) PG1 (BLK)

Is there voltage?
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the transmission range switch and PCM connector
transmission range switch and ground (G101, terminal C32, then go to step 30.
G102), or repair poor ground (G101, G102), then go
to step 30.
(cont’d)
14-87
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0092

28. Measure the voltage between transmission range 29. Replace the transmission range switch (see page
switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 7. 14-273).
０４
TRANSMISSION RANGE 30. Reconnect all connectors.
SWITCH CONNECTOR
PG1 (BLK)
33. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is securely

supported, and allow all four wheels to rotate freely.
ATP 2 (BLU)
34. Start the engine, disable the VSA by pressing the
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
Wire side of female terminals vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
down and stop the wheels.
Is there voltage? 35. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the
transmission range switch and PCM connector Is DT C P07 06 indicated?
terminal C33, then go to step 30.
terminals at the transmission range switch and the
PCM, then go to step 1.

indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
indicated, go to step 37.

MENU with the HDS.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 36,

connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 33.
14-88
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0093

software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-

securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
vehicle speed reaches 30 mph (48 km/h), then slow
down and stop the wheels.
Is DT C P07 06 indicated?

terminals at the transmission range switch and the
good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 39. If the

indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs

MENU with the HDS.

complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
42, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
go to step 39. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
step 39.
14-89
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0094

DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature 4. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST
Sensor Circuit with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the AT F temperature read about the same as

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and the ECT SENSOR?
any on-board snapshot, and review General YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 5.
transmission.
5. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST 14-208).
with the HDS.
Does the AT F temperature exceed the ambient air
temperature? 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
YES−Record the ATF temperature. Leave the 8. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
engine off for at least 30 minutes, then go to step 2.
9. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
NO−Record the ATF temperature. Test the stall operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
speed RPM (see page 14-183) three times. Go to
step 2 after stall speed testing. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and allow the
engine coolant temperature to cool to the ambient
2. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR in the DATA LIST air temperature.
with the HDS.
Did the AT F temperature change? operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
Wait for at least 20 seconds, then drive the vehicle
YES−Leave the engine off for at least 30 minutes, at speeds over 19 mph (31 km/h) for at least
then go to step 3. 5 minutes.
NO−Replace the ATF temperature sensor 12. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
(see page 14-208), then go to step 5.
3. Check the ECT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the YES−Check for poor connections or loose
HDS. terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
Does the ECT SENSOR read about the same as NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0711 is not
the ambient air temperature? indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Leave the engine off until the ECT sensor MENU with the HDS.
equals the ambient-air temperature, then go to
step 4. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the ATF
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1.
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
9.
14-90
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0095
DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor 7. Check for continuity between ATF temperature
Circuit sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NOTE: ATF TEMPERATURE
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and SENSOR CONNECTOR
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4).
transmission. ATFT (BLU/YEL)
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA

LIST with the HDS.
Is the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or Wire side of female terminals

less?
YES−Go to step 2. Is there continuity?
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
time. Check for an intermittent short in the ATFT PCM connector terminal C28 and the ATF
wire between the ATF temperature sensor and the temperature sensor connector No. 2 terminal, then
PCM. go to step 9.
2. Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector NO−Go to step 13.

at the transmission end cover.
3. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage with the

HDS.
Is the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage 0.07 V or

less?
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 8.
6. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(cont’d)
14-91
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:03 61SJC020_140_0096

8. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
14-208). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least
10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 20 seconds.
11. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 17. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
12. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least Is DT C P07 12 indicated?
20 seconds.
13. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the
Is DT C P07 12 indicated? good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 16. If the
terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0712 is not
PCM, then go to step 1. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
NO−Go to step 14.
14. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0712 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 13, original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at the ATF NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. connections or loose terminals at the ATF
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step temperature sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was
12. updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
14-9), then go to step 16. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
COMPLETED, go to step 16.
14-92
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0097
DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor 6. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA
Circuit LIST with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage exceed

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 4.93 V ?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). YES−Go to step 7.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the NO−Go to step 22.
transmission.
1. Check the ATF TEMP SENSOR voltage in the DATA
LIST with the HDS. 8. Remove the jumper wire from the shift solenoid
harness connector.
Does the AT F T EMP SENSOR voltage exceed
4.93 V ? 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
YES−Go to step 2. 10. Measure the voltage between ATF temperature

sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
NO−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this ０１
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals ATF TEMPERATURE
at the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM. SENSOR CONNECTOR
3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector.

ATFT (BLU/YEL)
4. Connect ATF temperature sensor connector
terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
０１
ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V ?
SG2 (GRN/YEL) ATFT (BLU/YEL) YES−Go to step 16.
NO−Go to step 11.

JUMPER WIRE
5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 13. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(cont’d)
14-93
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0098

14. Check for continuity between PCM connector 17. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
terminal C28 and ATF temperature sensor
connector terminal No. 2. 18. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
＊０１
ATF TEMPERATURE PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 19. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
SENSOR CONNECTOR
terminal C14 and ATF temperature sensor
connector terminal No. 1.
＊０２
ATFT PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) ATF TEMPERATURE
(BLU/YEL) SENSOR CONNECTOR
ATFT (BLU/YEL)
SG2
(GRN/YEL)
Wire side of Terminal side of SG2
female terminals female terminals (GRN/YEL)

Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal C28 and the ATF temperature
sensor connector, then go to step 23. Is there continuity?
15. Connect PCM connector C (44P). YES−Go to step 29.
16. Check for continuity ATF temperature sensor NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. connector terminal C28 and the ATF temperature
０２ sensor connector, then go to step 23.
ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CONNECTOR
SG2 (GRN/YEL)
NO−Go to step 17.
14-94
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0099
21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 29. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
22. Replace the ATF temperature sensor (see page good PCM (see page 14-9).
14-208).
30. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least
23. Reconnect all connectors. 20 seconds.
24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 31. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
25. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DT C P07 13 indicated?
26. Start the engine in P, and let it run for at least YES−Check for poor connections or loose
20 seconds. terminals at the transmission range switch and the
27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. good PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 30. If the
YES−Check for poor connections or loose indicated, or another Temporary DTCs are
terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and the indicated, go to step 32.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0713 is not MENU with the HDS.
indicated, go to step 28. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0713 in the DTCs YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
MENU with the HDS. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 31,
Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
27, go to the indicated DTC’s troubleshooting. connections or loose terminals at the transmission
range switch and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
connection or loose terminals at the ATF go to step 30. If the PCM was substituted, go to step
temperature sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step step 30.
26.
14-95
07/05/09 16:30:04 61SJC020_140_0100

DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal 8. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P), C (44P).
Input)
9. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
NOTE: sensor connector.
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and
any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). terminals B1, B36, B43, and C40 and body ground
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem individually.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the ０１
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
PG2 (BLK)
B (44P) C (44P)
2. Check for proper input shaft (mainshaft) speed

sensor installation (see page 14-205).

securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels PG1 (BLK) LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the Terminal side of female terminals
vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting. Is there continuity?
Slow down and stop the wheels.
5. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−Repair an open in the wires between PCM
connector terminals B1, B36, B43, C40, and ground
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (G101, G102), or repair a poor ground (G101, G102),
then go to step 37.
time. Check for loose or poor connections at the
PCM and input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connectors.

step 4 and recheck.
14-96
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0101
11. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P). 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
13. Measure the voltage between input shaft 16. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1
and body ground. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal C13 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
sensor connector terminal No. 1.
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR ＊０１
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC2 (YEL/BLU) VCC2 (YEL/BLU)

VCC2
(YEL/BLU)

Is there about 5 V ? female terminals female terminals
NO−Go to step 14. YES−Go to step 18.

connector terminal C13 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 37.
(cont’d)
14-97
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0102

21. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
22. Check for continuity between input shaft
and body ground.
０５
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
NM (RED)

PCM connector terminal C13 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then go to step 37. Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 44.


PCM connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 37.
NO−Go to step 23.
14-98
07/05/09 16:30:05 61SJC020_140_0103
23. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 25. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
24. Check for continuity between PCM connector 26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
terminal C14 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor connector terminal No. 3. 27. Measure the voltage between input shaft
＊０２ (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminals
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
(MAINSHAFT) No. 2 and No. 3.
SPEED SENSOR ０７
CONNECTOR
SG2
(GRN/YEL)
SG2 (GRN/YEL)
NM (RED) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
Wire side of Terminal side of

YES−Go to step 25. Is there about 5 V ?
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the input YES−Go to step 32.
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector and PCM
connector terminal C14, then go to step 37. NO−Go to step 28.
(cont’d)
14-99
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0104

28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 32. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connector.
31. Check for continuity between PCM connector VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
terminal B39 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
sensor connector terminal No. 2. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting,
＊０３ then slow down and stop the wheels.
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
CONNECTOR DTCs MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate F AILED?
NM (RED) YES−Go to step 36.
NM (RED) NO−Go to step 44.


connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
14-100
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0105
36. Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 44. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
(see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
38. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.
40. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels vehicle speed reaches 12 mph (20 km/h), for at
to rotate freely. least 10 seconds when the transmission is not
shifting, then slow down and stop the wheels.
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D hold the 47. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
vehicle speed reaches 12 mph (20 km/h), for at
least 10 seconds when the transmission is not Is DT C P07 16 or P07 17 indicated?
shifting, then slow down and stop the wheels.
42. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P07 16 or P07 17 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
YES−Check for poor connections or loose 1.
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−Go to step 48.
NO−Go to step 43. 48. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0716 or P0717 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS.
DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 42, Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 47, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals at the input shaft connections or loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
to step 41. (see page 14-9), then go to step 46. If the PCM was
substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
NOT COMPLETED, go to step 46.
14-101
07/05/09 16:30:06 61SJC020_140_0106

DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed 8. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph
Sensor Intermittent Failure (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
NOTE: 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and test-drive in step 8.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem MENU with the HDS.
transmission. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES−The problem has been corrected.
2. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 11. If
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 8 and recheck.
test-drive in step 2. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
4. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this sensor connector.
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the 15. Check for continuity between input shaft
PCM. (mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If ０１
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
step 2 and recheck. SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR

sensor connector, and inspect the connector and NM (RED)
the connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK ?

YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to Is there continuity?

step 7.
7. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor PCM connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
connector. (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 24.
NO−Go to step 16.
14-102
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７１８ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0107
16. Connect PCM connector B (44P). 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
18. Measure the voltage between input shaft 21. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
and body ground. 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B39 and input shaft (mainshaft) speed
INPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
NM (RED)
NM (RED)
NM (RED)


connector terminal B39 and the input shaft
(cont’d)
14-103
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0108

23. Replace the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 31. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
(see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
32. Test-drive the vehicle at speeds over 12 mph
25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the Is DT C P07 18 indicated?
29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
Is DT C P07 18 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0718 is not
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0718 is not are indicated, go to step 35.
indicated, go to step 30. 35. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0718 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the input shaft connections or loose terminals at the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go to (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the PCM
step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
to step 27. (see page 14-9), then go to step 32. If the PCM was
14-104
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0109
DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 8. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P), C (44P).
Signal Input)
9. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
NOTE: sensor connector.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Check for continuity between PCM connector
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). terminals B1, B36, B43, and C40 and body ground
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem individually.
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
PG2 (BLK)
B (44P) C (44P)
2. Check for proper output shaft (countershaft) speed

sensor installation (see page 14-205).

securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels PG1 (BLK) LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
to rotate freely.

VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the Terminal side of female terminals
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting. Is there continuity?
Slow down and stop the wheels.
DTCs MENU with the HDS. NO−Repair an open in the wires between PCM
connector terminals B1, B36, B43, C40, and ground
Does the screen indicate PASSED? (G101, G102), or repair poor ground (G101, G102),
then go to step 36.
time. Check for loose or poor connections at the
PCM and the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connectors.

step 4 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-105
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７２１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:07 61SJC020_140_0110

11. Connect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P). 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
13. Measure the voltage between output shaft 16. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
No. 1 and body ground. 17. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B18 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC1 (YEL/RED) VCC1 (YEL/RED)

VCC1
(YEL/RED)


connector terminal B18 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36.
14-106
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0111
terminal B18 and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
22. Check for continuity between output shaft
No. 2 and body ground.
０５
NC (BLU)

PCM connector terminal B18 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 36. Wire side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 43.


(countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
step 36.
NO−Go to step 23.
(cont’d)
14-107
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0112

23. Check for continuity between PCM connector 24. Connect PCM connector B (44P).
terminal B33 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector terminal No. 3. 25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
＊０２
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT) 26. Measure the voltage between output shaft
SPEED SENSOR (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminals
CONNECTOR No. 2 and No. 3.
０７
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
NC (BLU) SG1
(GRN/WHT)
NO−Repair an open in the wire between the output Is there about 5 V ?

shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector and
PCM connector terminal B33, then go to step 36. YES−Go to step 31.
NO−Go to step 27.
14-108
07/05/09 16:30:08 61SJC020_140_0113
27. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 31. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector.
30. Check for continuity between PCM connector VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
terminal B40 and output shaft (countershaft) speed vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
sensor connector terminal No. 2. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting.
＊０３ Slow down and stop the wheels.
OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR 34. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the
CONNECTOR DTCs MENU with the HDS.
NC (BLU) YES−Go to step 43.
NC (BLU) NO−Go to step 35.


(cont’d)
14-109
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0114

35. Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed 43. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
sensor (see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
37. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels
to rotate freely.
39. Raise the vehicle on a lift, make sure it is supported VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the
securely (see page 1-10), and allow all four wheels vehicle at speeds over 12 mph (20 km/h) for at least
to rotate freely. 10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting,
then slow down and stop the wheels.
VSA OFF button, run the vehicle in D, and hold the 46. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
10 seconds when the transmission is not shifting, Is DT C P07 21 or P07 22 indicated?
then slow down and stop the wheels.
41. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
Is DT C P07 21 or P07 22 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−Go to step 47.
NO−Go to step 42. 47. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0721 or P0722 in the
DTCs MENU with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals at the output shaft connections or loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
go to step 40. (see page 14-9), then go to step 45. If the PCM was
14-110
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0115
DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 8. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in D
Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure through all five gears under the same conditions as
those indicated by the freeze data. Slow down and
NOTE: stop the wheels.
any on-board snapshot, and review General 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). test-drive in step 8.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0723 in the DTCs
transmission. MENU with the HDS.
1. Record all freeze data, and clear the DTC with the Does the screen indicate PASSED?
HDS.
YES−The problem has been corrected.
2. Test-drive the vehicle for several minutes in D
through all five gears under the same conditions as NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 11. If
those indicated by the freeze data. Slow down and the screen indicates NOT COMPLETE, return to step
stop the wheels. 8 and recheck.
3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
MENU with the HDS. 13. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 14. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector.
time. Check for poor connections and loose 15. Check for continuity between output shaft
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed (countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
sensor and the PCM. No. 2 and body ground.
０１
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 5. If OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
step 2 and recheck.
6. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed NC (BLU)

sensor connector, and inspect the connector and
the connector terminals to be sure they are making
good contact.
Are the connector terminals OK ? Wire side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Repair the connector terminals, then go to
step 7. YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
7. Connect the output shaft (countershaft) speed (countershaft) speed sensor connector, then go to
sensor connector. step 24.
NO−Go to step 16.
(cont’d)
14-111
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７２３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0116

16. Connect PCM connector B (44P). 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
18. Measure the voltage between output shaft 21. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P).
No. 2 and body ground. 22. Check for continuity between PCM connector
０２ terminal B40 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
OUTPUT SHAFT PCM CONNECTOR B (44P)
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
NC (BLU)
NC (BLU)
NC (BLU)


14-112
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0117
23. Replace the output shaft (countershaft) speed 31. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
sensor (see page 14-205). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
25. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). (20 km/h) in D through all five gears.
(20 km/h) in D through all five gears. 34. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
28. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the Is DT C P07 23 indicated?
29. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
terminals at the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0723 is not
MENU with the HDS.
connections or loose terminals at the output shaft connections or loose terminals at the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then go (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM. If the
to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
go to step 27. (see page 14-9), then go to step 32. If the PCM was
14-113
07/05/09 16:30:09 61SJC020_140_0118

DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st 6. Test stall speed in the 1 position (see page 14-183).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (1st gear incorrect
ratio) Is the stall speed within the service limits?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data YES−Go to step 7.
and any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). NO−Shift valves A and D are stuck. Repair these
valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating transmission.
temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 8. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
12 seconds.
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
excessive clutch material. test-drive in step 8.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0731 in the DTCs
clutch material? MENU with the HDS.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
then go to step 4. time.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 1st
clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
Is the line pressure within the service limits? 11. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
to step 8 and recheck.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Repair the ATF pump and the regulator valve,

or replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
5. Measure the 1st clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 1st clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Shift valves B and C are stuck. Repair these

transmission, then go to step 11.
14-114
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:30:10 61SJC020_140_0119
14. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least

12 seconds.
YES−Go to step 4.


MENU with the HDS.

NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step

step 14.
14-115
07/05/09 16:30:10 61SJC020_140_0120

DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd 6. Test stall speed in the 2 position (see page 14-183).
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (2nd gear incorrect
ratio) Is the stall speed within the service limits?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data YES−Go to step 7.
and any on-board snapshot, and review General
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). NO−Shift valve C is stuck. Repair shift valve C and
the hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission,
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating then go to step 11.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. 8. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D for at least
12 seconds.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
excessive clutch material. test-drive in step 8.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0732 in the DTCs
clutch material? MENU with the HDS.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
then go to step 4. time.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184). NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 2nd
clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
Is the line pressure within the service limits? 11. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
to step 8 and recheck.
YES−Go to step 5.

or replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
5. Measure the 2nd clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service

limits?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Shift valves A and B are stuck. Repair these

transmission, then go to step 11.
14-116
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0121
14. Test-drive the vehicle in 2nd gear in D for at least

12 seconds.
YES−Go to step 4.


MENU with the HDS.


step 14.
14-117
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0122

DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (3rd gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot, and review General YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 3rd
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). clutch, or replace the transmission, then go to step
10. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the to step 7 and recheck.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 11. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
excessive clutch material.
12. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D for at least
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 12 seconds.
clutch material?
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 10. test-drive in step 12.
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
then go to step 4.
4. Measure the line pressure (see page 14-184).
YES−Go to step 4.
Is the line pressure within the service limit?
YES−Go to step 5. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
or replace the transmission, then go to step 10. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0733 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within service limit?
YES−Go to step 6. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 14,
NO−Shift valves A, B, and C are stuck. Repair the
shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace the NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.
7. Test-drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D for at least

12 seconds.

14-118
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0123
DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0734 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (4th gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 4th
12. Test-drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
clutch material?
then go to step 4.
YES−Go to step 4.
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 4th clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 4th clutch pressure within the service limit?
NO−Shift valves A, B, C, and D are stuck. Repair
the shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
the transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.

12 seconds.

14-119
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0124

DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th 9. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0735 in the DTCs
Clutch Hydraulic Circuit (5th gear incorrect MENU with the HDS.
ratio)
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the 5th
clutch material?
then go to step 4.
YES−Go to step 4.
MENU with the HDS.
5. Measure the 5th clutch pressure (see page 14-184).
Is the 5th clutch pressure within the service limit?
NO−Shift valves A, B, C, and D are stuck. Repair
the shift valves and the hydraulic circuit, or replace NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
the transmission, then go to step 10. 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
step 12.

12 seconds.

14-120
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７３５ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:11 61SJC020_140_0125
DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch 8. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 22 seconds.
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
and any on-board snapshot, and review General test-drive in step 8.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating MENU with the HDS.
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this
time.
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair the
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or faulty torque converter clutch mechanism, torque
excessive clutch material. converter clutch hydraulic circuit, lock-up shift
valve, or lock-up control valve, or replace the
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive transmission, then go to step 11. If the screen
clutch material? indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 8 and
recheck.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210),
then go to step 4. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 13. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
5. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in 14. Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and check that the 60 mph (96 km/h) for at least 22 seconds.
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
operates with the HDS. 15. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
Do you hear clicking?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve (see page 14-188), then go to step 11. YES−Go to step 4.
6. Run the engine until the engine coolant indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
temperature reaches 176 °F (80 °C). indicated, go to step 17.
7. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR) 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0741 in the DTCs
SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, MENU with the HDS.
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE C with the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is the system OK ? YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

YES−Go to step 8. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
for the test result. Go to step 11 if any part is step 14.
replaced.
14-121
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７４１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0126

DTC P0746: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 9. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR)
Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU,
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control SOLENOID VALVE A with the HDS.
Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
Does the screen indicate NORMAL?
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, retest
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating the HDS.
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the test result, but if the tester has not determined the
proper level, and check for fluid leaks. cause of the failure, go to step 10. If any part is
replaced, go to step 11.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
excessive clutch material. A (see page 14-192).
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
clutch material? work properly?
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 11. YES−Repair the hydraulic system related to shift
valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
NO−Replace the ATF (see step 5 on page 14-210), step 11.
then go to step 4.
NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. valve A (see page 14-198), then go to step 11.
5. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears.



time.

step 5 and recheck.
14-122
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７４６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0127
Is DT C P07 46 or P07 47 indicated?
YES−Go to step 8.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0746 or P0747 is

not indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are



step 14.
14-123
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0128

DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0751 or P0752 in the
DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair shift
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
step 9. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the return to step 6 and recheck.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? 12. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears.
YES−Replace the transmission, then go to step 9. 13. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
then go to step 4. 14. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. Is DT C P07 51 or P07 52 indicated?
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

TEST MENU, and check that SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0751 or P0752 is
Is a clicking sound heard? indicated, go to step 15.
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0751 or P0752 is the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page
14-198), then go to step 9. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
6. Test-drive the vehicle in D through all five gears. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
step 12.
14-124
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７５１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0129
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 or P0757 in the
DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

VALVE B operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0756 or P0757 is
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0756 or P0757 in the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
step 12.
14-125
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７５６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0130

DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 or P0762 in the
DTC P0762: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve C, or replace the transmission, then go to
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS YES−Go to step 4.

VALVE C operates with the HDS. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0761 or P0762 is
YES−Go to step 6. 15. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0761 or P0762 in the
NO−Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page
step 12.
14-126
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７６１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:12 61SJC020_140_0131
DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 6. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF B (see page 14-195).
DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Does A/ T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON work properly?
NOTE: Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data YES−Repair the hydraulic system related to shift
and any on-board snapshot, and review General valve B, or replace the transmission, then go to
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). step 7.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating NO−Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). valve B (see page 14-198), then go to step 7.
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the 7. Reconnect all connectors.
clutch material? 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
then go to step 4. Is DT C P07 7 6 or P07 7 7 indicated?
4. Clear the DTC with the HDS. YES−Go to step 4.
5. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL (LINEAR) NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0776 or P0777 is
SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, not indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
and test A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL indicated, go to step 13.
SOLENOID VALVE B with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate NORMAL? DTCs MENU with the HDS.
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this Does the screen indicate PASSED?
time. If the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, retest
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
the HDS. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 12,
NO−Follow the instructions indicated on the HDS
for the test result, but if the HDS has not NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, then go to step
determined the cause of the failure, go to step 6. If 4. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
any part is replaced, go to step 7. step 10.
14-127
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７７６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0132

DTC P0780: Problem in Shift Control System 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
and any on-board snapshot, and review General 12. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). MENU with the HDS.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2. Make sure that the transmission is filled to the time.
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, repair shift
3. Drain the ATF (see step 3 on page 14-210) through a valve D, or replace the transmission, then go to
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or step 13. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,
excessive clutch material. return to step 1 and recheck.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
clutch material?
then go to step 4. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and repeat the
test-drive in step 5. YES−Go to step 8.
7. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0780 in the DTCs NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0780 is not
MENU with the HDS. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this MENU with the HDS.
time.
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other
step 5 and recheck. Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 17,
9. Run the engine until the engine coolant 5. If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to
temperature reaches 176 °F (80 °C). step 15.
14-128
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０７８０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0133
DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 7. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
ON pressure switch connector.
NOTE: 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review General 9. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). the HDS in the A/T data list.
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ?
transmission.
NO−Go to step 10.
2. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with
the HDS in the A/T data list when not in 3rd gear. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ? 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 3. 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
NO−Go to step 6. 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector

3. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal ０１
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
4. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving OP3SW (BLU/WHT)

mode for at least 2 seconds, then release the D3
driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheels.

MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Terminal side of female terminals

time. Check the OP3SW (BLU/WHT) wire for an Is there continuity?
intermittent short to ground between the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, go to step 6. If transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step 15.
step 3 and recheck.
NO−Go to step 22.
(cont’d)
14-129
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８４７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0134

14. Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
switch (see page 14-206). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 24. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
18. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and
stop the wheels.
19. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
mode for at least 2 seconds, then release the D3 25. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
in 4th gear for at least 2 seconds. Slow down and Is DT C P0847 indicated?
stop the wheels.
20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM. If the PCM was
Is DT C P0847 indicated? updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
YES−Check for poor connections or loose go to step 1.
terminals at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0847 is not
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTC s were indicated on step 20, Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
COMPLETED, go to step 18. PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 23. If the PCM
was substituted, go to step 1. If the screen indicates
14-130
07/05/09 16:31:13 61SJC020_140_0135
DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 8. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch pressure switch connector.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
OFF 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
NOTE: 10. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch

• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and transmission fluid pressure switch connector
any on-board snapshot, and review General terminal and body ground.
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). ０１
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR
transmission.
2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal OP3SW (BLU/WHT)


mode, and verify with the HDS in the A/T data list
that the SHIFT MAP NUMBER indicates 3rd. Wire side of female terminals
4. Check the 3RD PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with

the HDS in the A/T data list. Is there about 5 V ?
Is the 3RD PRESSURE SW IT CH ON? YES−Go to step 15.
YES−Go to step 5. NO−Go to step 11.
NO−Go to step 7.

stop the wheels.

MENU with the HDS.

at the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-131
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８４８ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0136

11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Replace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
switch (see page 14-206).
terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid 18. Clear the DTC with the HDS.
pressure switch connector terminal.
＊０１ 19. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 3RD CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 20. Drive the vehicle in 3rd gear in D in the D3 driving
OP3SW
(BLU/WHT) driving mode by pressing the D3 switch, and drive
stop the wheels.
Is DT C P0848 indicated?
female terminals female terminals YES−Check for poor connections or loose
Is there continuity? pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
YES−Go to step 23. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0848 is not

NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM indicated, go to step 22.
connector terminal C15 and the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0848 in the DTCs
16. MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT
14-132
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0137



stop the wheels.

updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 24. If the PCM
14-133
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0138

DTC P0872: Short in 4th Clutch Transmission 9. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL in the
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch DATA LIST with the HDS.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
ON Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ?
NOTE: YES−Go to step 14.

any on-board snapshot, and review General NO−Go to step 10.
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
transmission. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 12. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P).
2. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL with 13. Check for continuity between PCM connector
the HDS in the A/T data list when not in 4th gear. terminal C16 and body ground.
０１
Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH OF F ? PCM CONNECTOR C (44P)
YES−Go to step 3. OP4SW (BLU/YEL)
NO−Go to step 6.

4. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least

2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least
2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels. Terminal side of female terminals

MENU with the HDS. Is there continuity?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C16 and the 4th clutch
YES−Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
time. Check the OP4SW (BLU/YEL) wire for an 15.
intermittent short to ground between the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. NO−Go to step 22.

step 3 and recheck.
7. Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch connector.
14-134
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８７２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0139
14. Replace the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure 22. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
switch (see page 14-207). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
16. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 24. Driver the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least
18. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal 2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
25. Check for Temporary DTC or DTCs with the HDS.
2 seconds, and drive in 5th gear for at least Is DT C P087 2 indicated?
2 seconds. Slow down and stop the wheels.
20. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
Is DT C P087 2 indicated? updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
YES−Check for poor connections or loose go to step 1.
terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0872 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTC or DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 20, Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 25,
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM, transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
14-135
07/05/09 16:31:14 61SJC020_140_0140

DTC P0873: Open in 4th Clutch Transmission 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid
OFF pressure switch connector.
NOTE: 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review General 10. Measure the voltage between the 4th clutch
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). transmission fluid pressure switch connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminal and body ground.
transmission. 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR

OP4SW (BLU/YEL)
2 seconds, then drive in 5th gear for at least
2 seconds.
4. Check the 4TH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL in the Wire side of female terminals
DATA LIST with the HDS.
Is the 4T H PRESSURE SW IT CH ON? Is there about 5 V ?
YES−Go to step 5. YES−Go to step 15.
NO−Go to step 7. NO−Go to step 11.

2 seconds.

MENU with the HDS.

at the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch
and the PCM.
NO−If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED,

return to step 5 and recheck.
14-136
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０８７３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0141
11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Replace the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
switch (see page 14-207).
terminal C16 and 4th clutch transmission fluid 18. Clear the DTC with HDS.
pressure switch connector terminal.
＊０１ 19. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) 4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on).
FLUID PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR 20. Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in D for at least
OP4SW
(BLU/YEL) 2 seconds.
OP4SW
(BLU/YEL) 21. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.

Terminal side of Wire side of terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
female terminals female terminals pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step 1.
Is there continuity? NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0873 is not

YES−Go to step 23. indicated, go to step 22.
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM 22. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0873 in the DTCs
connector terminal C16 and the 4th clutch MENU with the HDS.
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
16. Does the screen indicate PASSED?


connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-137
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0142



2 seconds.

terminals at the 4th clutch transmission fluid
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the 4th clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM. If
14-138
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0143
DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0962 in the DTCs
Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit MENU with the HDS.
NOTE: Does the screen indicate PASSED?

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the the PCM.
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to
step 4 and recheck.
2. Start the engine, and wait for at least 1 second.
3. Check that DTC P0962 recurs.
8. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
Is DT C P0962 indicated? valve A connector.
YES−Go to step 7. 9. Measure the resistance between A/T clutch

pressure control solenoid valve A connector
NO−Go to step 4. terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.
5. Command A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL Terminal side of male terminals

SOLENOID VALVE A at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL
MENU with the HDS. Is there 3−10 ?
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-139
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0144

10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2
and body ground. 12. Measure the voltage between A/T clutch pressure
０２ control solenoid valve A connector terminals No. 1
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL and No. 2.
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR ０３
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS A (RED) GND (BLK)

YES−Go to step 11. Is there battery voltage?
NO−Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch YES−Go to step 20.
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground
(G101, G102) (see page 22-18), or repair poor NO−Repair open or short in the wire between PCM
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal C19 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A, then go to step 14.
14-140
07/05/09 16:31:15 61SJC020_140_0145
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
valve A (see page 14-198). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
18. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. terminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P0962 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
terminals at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0962 is not
MENU with the HDS.
connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
14-141
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0146

Control Solenoid Valve A MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and
transmission.
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. the HDS indicates NOT COMPLETED, return to step
4 and recheck.
Is DT C P0963 indicated? valve A connector.

pressure control solenoid valve A connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
A with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE A at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-142
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0147
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 valve A (see page 14-198).
and body ground.
０２ 12. Reconnect all connectors.
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)
Wire side of female terminals YES−Check for poor connections or loose

valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1.
NO−Repair open in the wire between A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0963 in the DTCs
(G101, G102) (see page 22-18), or repair poor MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-143
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0148


1.


MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
14-144
07/05/09 16:31:16 61SJC020_140_0149
Control Solenoid Valve B Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
Is DT C P0966 indicated? valve B connector.

pressure control solenoid valve B connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
B with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE B at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-145
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:31:17 61SJC020_140_0150

control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2
０２ control solenoid valve B connector terminals No. 1
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR ０３
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS B (BRN/WHT) GND (BLK)

YES−Go to step 11. Is there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal B25 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B, then go to step 14.
14-146
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0151
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
B (see page 14-198). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
Is DT C P0966 indicated? substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9), then
valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0966 is not
MENU with the HDS.
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
14-147
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0152

Control Solenoid Valve B MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
Is DT C P0967 indicated? valve B connector.

pressure control solenoid valve B connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
B with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE B at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-148
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９６７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0153
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 B (see page 14-198).
and body ground.
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)

valve B and the PCM, then go to step 1.
pressure control solenoid valve B and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0967 in the DTCs


pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-149
07/05/09 16:32:10 61SJC020_140_0154


valve B and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1.


MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM. If
14-150
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0155
Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
Is DT C P097 0 indicated? valve C connector.

pressure control solenoid valve C connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
C with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE C at 1.0 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 13.
(cont’d)
14-151
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0156

control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2
０２ control solenoid valve C connector terminals No. 1
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR ＊０１
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
GND (BLK)
LS C (GRN/RED) GND (BLK)

YES−Go to step 11. Is there voltage?
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground
ground (G101, G102), then go to step 14. connector terminal B35 and A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve C, then go to step 14.
14-152
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0157
13. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 20. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
valve C (see page 14-203). software (see page 14-8), or substitute a known-
valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0970 is not
MENU with the HDS.
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If
14-153
07/05/09 16:32:11 61SJC020_140_0158

Control Solenoid Valve C MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
Is DT C P097 1 indicated? valve C connector.

pressure control solenoid valve C connector
０１
4. Select CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
in MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test A/T SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
C with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 5.
NO−Go to step 7.

SOLENOID VALVE C at 0.2 A in CLUTCH
NO−Go to step 11.
14-154
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0159
10. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 11. Replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 valve C (see page 14-203).
and body ground.
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

GND (BLK)

valve C and the PCM, then go to step 1.
pressure control solenoid valve C and ground 17. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0971 in the DTCs


pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
(cont’d)
14-155
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0160


valve C and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
1.


MENU with the HDS.


pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM. If
14-156
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0161
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
• Before you troubleshoot, record all freeze data and 11. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). 12. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem terminals C25 and C40 or B43.
transmission. PCM CONNECTORS
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B (44P) C (44P)
2. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second.

1 second.
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
SH A (BLU/YEL)
Is DT C P097 3 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there less than 12 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NO−Go to step 14.
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard?
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
the wire between shift solenoid valve A and the
PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-157
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７３ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0162

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve A or the shift solenoid
harness (see page 14-188).
terminals C25 and C40 or B43. 17. Reconnect all connectors.
０２
PCM CONNECTORS 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
B (44P) C (44P) 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

1 second.
SH A (BLU/YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals Is DT C P097 3 indicated?

Is there continuity? terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM,
then go to step 1.
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C25 and the shift solenoid NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0973 is not
harness connector, then go to step 17. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
NO−Go to step 15.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve A and the shift solenoid MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve A and the harness OK ?
NO−Go to step 16.
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve A and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
14-158
07/05/09 16:32:12 61SJC020_140_0163


1 second.

terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM. If
was substituted, go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


connections or loose terminals at the shift solenoid
step 26.
14-159
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0164

DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.
SH A (BLU/YEL)
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there 12−25 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID A in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A NO−Go to step 13.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

at shift solenoid valve A, the shift solenoid harness
connector, and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
14-160
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７４ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0165
13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 15. Remove the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-188).
terminal C25 and shift solenoid harness connector 16. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No. 4. harness connector terminal No. 4 and the shift
＊０１ solenoid valve A connector terminal.
PCM CONNECTOR C (44P) SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR ＊０２
SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID
HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE A CONNECTOR
SH A
(BLU/YEL)
SH A
(BLU/YEL)
SH A (RED)
Terminal side of Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of

female terminals female terminals male terminals female terminals
YES−Replace shift solenoid valve A (see page
NO−Repair open in the wire between PCM 14-188), then go to step 17.
connector terminal C25 and the shift solenoid
harness connector, then go to step 17. NO−Replace the shift solenoid harness (see page
14-188), then go to step 17.
(cont’d)
14-161
07/05/09 16:32:13 61SJC020_140_0166

17. Reconnect all connectors. 24. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest
18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). good PCM (see page 14-9).
19. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 25. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second.
20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least than 26. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
1 second. 1 second.
21. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
1 second.
Is DT C P097 4 indicated? terminals at shift solenoid valve A, the shift
solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
YES−Check for poor connections or loose updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
terminals at shift solenoid valve A, the shift 14-9), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted,
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. go to step 1.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0974 is not NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0974 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
indicated, go to step 23. are indicated, go to step 28.
23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0974 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS. MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve A, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM, NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
COMPLETED, go to step 20. valve A, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-162
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0167
DTC P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs
Circuit MENU with the HDS.

Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem the wire between shift solenoid valve B and the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the PCM.
transmission.
step 5 and recheck.
3. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
least 1 second.
11. Disconnect PCM connectors B (44P) and C (44P).
12. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
Is DT C P097 6 indicated? terminals C23 and C40 or B43.
０１
YES−Go to step 9. PCM CONNECTORS
NO−Go to step 5. B (44P) C (44P)
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS

TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard? LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B

(GRN/
WHT)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.
6. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. Is there less than 12 ?
7. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th YES−Go to step 13.
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at
least 1 second. NO−Go to step 24.
(cont’d)
14-163
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７６ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0168

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve B or the shift solenoid
０２

LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B least 1 second.
(GRN/
WHT)
Is there continuity? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at shift solenoid valve B, the shift
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
PCM connector terminal C23 and the shift solenoid
harness connector, then go to step 17. NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0976 is not
NO−Go to step 15. indicated, go to step 23.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve B and the shift solenoid 23. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0976 in the DTCs
harness (see page 14-188). MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve B and the harness OK ? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Go to step 24. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

NO−Go to step 16. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
14-164
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0169


least 1 second.

go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-165
07/05/09 16:32:14 61SJC020_140_0170

DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs
Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at shift solenoid valve B, the shift solenoid harness
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the connector, and the PCM.
transmission.
step 5 and recheck.
gear in D, then drive the vehicle in 4th gear for at 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
least 1 second.
Is DT C P097 7 indicated? terminals C23 and C40 or B43.
０１
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID B in MISCELLANEOUS

TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard? LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) SH B

(GRN/
WHT)
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 9.
6. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. Is there 12−25 ?
7. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th YES−Go to step 24.
least 1 second. NO−Go to step 13.
14-166
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７７ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0171
14-188).
＊０１ solenoid valve B connector terminal.
VALVE B CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
SH B (GRN/WHT)
SH B (GRN/WHT)
SH B (ORN)
Terminal side of Wire side of Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals
YES−Replace shift solenoid valve B (see page
(cont’d)
14-167
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0172

20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. 26. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th
21. Test-drive the vehicle so that it shifts from 1st to 4th least 1 second.
least 1 second. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P097 7 indicated?
Is DT C P097 7 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

YES−Check for poor connections or loose solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
terminals at shift solenoid valve B, the shift updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. 14-9), then go to step 26. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1.
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0977 is not
indicated, go to step 23. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
MENU with the HDS. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0977 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
COMPLETED, go to step 21. connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve B, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-168
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0173
DTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH C (GRN)

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.

YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C NO−Go to step 24.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 7.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

time. Check for an intermittent short to ground in
the wire between shift solenoid valve C and the
PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-169
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９７９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:15 61SJC020_140_0174

13. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 16. Replace shift solenoid valve C or the shift solenoid
０２
SH C (GRN) 19. Clear the DTC with the HDS.

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.

Terminal side of female terminals Is DT C P097 9 indicated?

Is there continuity? terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1.
YES−Repair short to ground in the wire between
PCM connector terminal C18 and the shift solenoid NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0979 is not
harness connector, then go to step 17. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
NO−Go to step 15.
15. Inspect shift solenoid valve C and the shift solenoid MENU with the HDS.
Is shif t solenoid valve C and the harness OK ?
NO−Go to step 16.
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
14-170
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0175


1 second.

terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-171
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0176

DTC P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
1. Clear the DTC with the HDS. SH C (GRN)

B (44P) C (44P)

1 second.

Is DT C P0980 indicated? Terminal side of female terminals
YES−Go to step 9.
Is there 12−25 ?
NO−Go to step 5.
5. Select SHIFT SOLENOID C in MISCELLANEOUS
TEST MENU, and test SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C NO−Go to step 13.
with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Go to step 9.

1 second.

MENU with the HDS.

at shift solenoid valve C, the shift solenoid harness
connector and the PCM.

step 5 and recheck.
14-172
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９０９８０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0177
14-188).
＊０１ solenoid valve C connector terminal.
VALVE C CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
SH C (GRN)
SH C (GRN)
SH C (GRN)

YES−Replace shift solenoid valve C (see page
(cont’d)
14-173
07/05/09 16:32:16 61SJC020_140_0178

20. Start the engine in P, and wait for at least 1 second. 26. Test-drive the vehicle in 1st gear in D for at least
1 second.
1 second. 27. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
22. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P0980 indicated?
Is DT C P0980 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift
YES−Check for poor connections or loose solenoid harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was
terminals at shift solenoid valve C, the shift updated, substitute a known-good PCM (see page
solenoid harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. 14-9), then go to step 25. If the PCM was substituted,
go to step 1.
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P0980 is not
indicated, go to step 23. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
MENU with the HDS. 28. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P0980 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 22, YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. complete. If the PCM was substitute, replace the
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor Temporary DTCs or DTCs were indicated on step
connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid 27, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
then go to step 1. If the screen indicates NOT NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
COMPLETED, go to step 20. connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid
valve C, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
14-174
07/05/09 16:32:17 61SJC020_140_0179
DTC P2769: Short in Torque Converter Clutch 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2769 in the DTCs
Solenoid Valve Circuit MENU with the HDS.

Troubleshooting Information (see page 14-4). time. Check LC (YEL) wire for an intermittent short
• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem to ground between torque converter clutch
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the solenoid valve and the PCM.
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
2. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
1 second.
Is DT C P27 69 indicated? terminals B44 and B43 or C40.
０１
4. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in

MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE with the
HDS.
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
YES−Go to step 5. Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 7.
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). YES−Go to step 11.
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least NO−Go to step 21.
1 second.
(cont’d)
14-175
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２７６９ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:17 61SJC020_140_0180

11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 14. Replace the torque converter clutch solenoid valve
or the shift solenoid harness (see page 14-188).
terminals B44 and B43 or C40. 15. Reconnect all connectors.
０２

37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL) 1 second.

Is there continuity? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

terminals at the torque converter clutch solenoid
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM,
PCM connector terminal B44 and the shift solenoid then go to step 1.
harness connector, then go to step 15.
NO−Go to step 13. indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are
13. Inspect the torque converter clutch solenoid valve
and the shift solenoid harness (see page 14-188). 20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2769 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS.
Are torque converter clutch solenoid valve and the
harness OK ? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Go to step 21. YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other

NO−Go to step 14. go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.

connections or loose terminals at the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the
14-176
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0181


1 second.

valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
was substituted, go to step 1.


MENU with the HDS.


converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 22.
14-177
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0182

DTC P2770: Open in Torque Converter Clutch 6. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs
Solenoid Valve Circuit MENU with the HDS.

• This code is caused by an electrical circuit problem at the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, the
and cannot be caused by a mechanical problem in the shift solenoid harness connector, and the PCM.
transmission.
step 4 and recheck.
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
1 second.
Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated? terminals B44 and B43 or C40.
０１
4. Select LOCKUP SOLENOID TEST in

MISCELLANEOUS TEST MENU, and test TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE with the
HDS.
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LC (YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
Does the screen indicated NORMAL?
YES−Go to step 5. Terminal side of female terminals
NO−Go to step 7.
Is there 12−25 ?
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). YES−Go to step 21.
37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least NO−Go to step 11.
1 second.
14-178
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｋ７７１０００９２７７０ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0183
11. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 13. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector
(see page 14-188).
terminal B44 and shift solenoid harness connector 14. Check for continuity between shift solenoid
terminal No. 3. harness connector terminal No. 3 and the torque
＊０１ converter clutch solenoid valve connector terminal.
PCM CONNECTOR B (44P) SHIFT SOLENOID
TORQUE CONVERTER SHIFT SOLENOID
CLUTCH SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR
VALVE CONNECTOR
LC (YEL)
LC (YEL) LC (YEL)

YES−Replace torque converter clutch solenoid
NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM valve (see page 14-188), then go to step 15.
connector terminal B44 and the shift solenoid
(cont’d)
14-179
07/05/09 16:32:59 61SJC020_140_0184

17. Clear the DTC with the HDS. 22. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal
18. Start the engine in P, and warm it up to normal Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 37 mph (60 km/h) in D, in 5th gear for at least
Test-drive the vehicle at a constant speed of 1 second.
1 second. 23. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS.
19. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS. Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated?
Is DT C P27 7 0 indicated? YES−Check for poor connections or loose

YES−Check for poor connections or loose valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM. If
terminals at the torque converter clutch solenoid the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
valve, the shift solenoid harness, and the PCM, PCM (see page 14-9), then go to step 22. If the PCM
then go to step 1. was substituted, go to step 1.
NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P2770 is not NO−If Temporary DTC or DTC P2770 is not
indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs are indicated, or if any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs
indicated, go to step 20. are indicated, go to step 24.
20. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs 24. Monitor the OBD STATUS for P2770 in the DTCs
MENU with the HDS. MENU with the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
YES−Troubleshooting is complete. If any other YES−If the PCM was updated, troubleshooting is
Temporary DTC or DTCs were indicated on step 19, complete. If the PCM was substituted, replace the
go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. original PCM (see page 11-205). If any other
NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 23, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting.
converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid NO−If the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
harness, and the PCM, then go to step 1. If the connections or loose terminals at the torque
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 18. converter clutch solenoid valve, the shift solenoid
harness, and the PCM. If the PCM was updated,
step 22.
14-180
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0185
Road Test
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating 6. Prepare the HDS to take a HIGH SPEED SNAPSHOT
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). (Refer to the HDS user’s guide for more details if
needed):
2. Apply the parking brake, and block both rear
wheels. • Select High Speed icon.
• Select these parameters:
3. Start the engine, then shift to D while pressing the – VSS veh speed
brake pedal. Press the accelerator pedal, and – Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
release it suddenly. The engine should not stall. – Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)
– RPM engine speed
4. Repeat step 3 in all shift lever positions. – Relative TP Sensor
– APP Sensor A
5. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T – ATF Temp sensor
Mode Menu. – Battery voltage
– Shift control
NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the – Brake Switch
PCM, troubleshoot the DLC circuit (see page • Set the Trigger Type to Parameter.
11-194). • Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A
０１ above 1.0 V.
• Set the recording time to 60 seconds.
• Set the Trigger point to −30 seconds.
7. Find a suitable level road. When you are ready to

do the test, press OK on the HDS.
8. Monitor the HDS, and accelerate quickly until the

APP Sensor B reads 1.0 V. Maintain a steady
throttle until the transmission shifts to 5th gear,
then slow the vehicle and come to a stop.
9. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded,

A or increase the recording time setting as necessary,
and repeat step 8.
10. Adjust the Parameter setting to 2.5 V. Retest-drive

the vehicle. While monitoring the HDS accelerate
quickly until the APP Sensor B reads 2.5 V.
Maintain a steady throttle until the transmission
shifts to 5th gear (or reasonable speed), then slow
the vehicle and come to a stop.
11. Save the snapshot if the entire event was recorded,

or increase the recording time setting as necessary,
and repeat step 10.
12. Accelerate quickly until the accelerator pedal is to

the floor. Maintain a steady pedal until the
transmission shifts to 3rd gear, then slow to a stop,
and save the snapshot.
(cont’d)
14-181
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４００００００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0186
Road Test (cont’d)

13. Review each snapshot individually, and compare 14. Drive the vehicle in 4th or 5th gear in D, then shift
the Shift control, Accelerator pedal position sensor to 2. The vehicle should immediately begin to slow
B voltage, and VSS veh speed to the table below. down from engine braking.
Upshift: D Position 15. Shift to 1, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and
Accelerator pedal position sensor voltage: check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
0.75 V Upshifts should not occur in this position.
1st→2nd 12−13 mph (19−21 km/h)
2nd→3rd 19−21 mph (31−33 km/h) 16. Shift to 2, accelerate from a stop at full throttle, and
3rd→4th 25−29 mph (40−46 km/h) check for abnormal noise and clutch slippage.
4th→5th 45−49 mph (72−78 km/h) Upshifts and downshifts should not occur in this
Lock-up ON 47−50 mph (76−80 km/h) position.
Accelerator pedal position sensor voltage:
2.5 V 17. Shift to R, accelerate from a stop at full throttle
1st→2nd 29−32 mph (47−51 km/h) momentarily, and check for abnormal noise and
2nd→3rd 50−54 mph (80−86 km/h) clutch slippage.
3rd→4th 76−80 mph (121−127 km/h)
4th→5th 94−98 mph (151−157 km/h) 18. Park the vehicle on a slope (about 16 degrees),
Lock-up ON 102−106 mph (164−170 km/h) apply the brake, and shift into P. Release the brake;
Fully-opened throttle the vehicle should not move.
4.5 V NOTE: Always use the parking brake to hold the
1st→2nd 36−40 mph (58−64 km/h) vehicle when stopped on an incline in gear.
2nd→3rd 64−68 mph (102−108 km/h) Depending on the grade of the incline, the vehicle
3rd→4th 100−104 mph (160−166 km/h) could roll backwards if the brake is released.
Downshift: D Position
0.75 V
Lock-up OFF 44−48 mph (70−77 km/h)
5th→4th 39−41 mph (62−66 km/h)
4th→3rd 18−21 mph (29−33 km/h)
2nd→1st 9−11 mph (14−18 km/h)
2.5 V
Lock-up OFF 90−94 mph (145−151 km/h)
5th→4th 73−76 mph (118−122 km/h)
4th→3rd 53−56 mph (86−90 km/h)
3rd→2nd 25−29 mph (40−46 km/h)
2nd→1st 9−11 mph (14−18 km/h)
Fully-opened throttle
4.5 V
4th→3rd 89−93 mph (142−148 km/h)
3rd→2nd 58−62 mph (93−99 km/h)
2nd→1st 32−34 mph (51−55 km/h)
14-182
07/05/09 16:33:00 61SJC020_140_0187
Stall Speed Test

1. Apply the parking brake, and block all four wheels. 7. If any of the stall speeds are out of the service limit,
problems and probable causes are listed in the
2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A), and go to the A/T table.
data list.
０１ Problem Probable causes
Stall speed rpm high • Low fluid level
in D, 2, 1, and R • ATF pump output
low
• Clogged ATF strainer
• Regulator valve stuck
• Slipping clutch
Stall speed rpm high • Slippage of 1st clutch
in 1 • Slippage of 1st gear
one-way clutch
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 2nd clutch
in 2
Stall speed rpm high Slippage of 5th clutch
A in R
Stall speed rpm low • Engine output low
3. Make sure the A/C switch OFF. in D, 2, 1, and R • Engine throttle valve
closed
4. After the engine has warmed up to normal • Torque converter
operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), one-way clutch
shift to the 2 position. slipping
5. Firmly press the brake pedal, then fully press the

accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds, and note
engine speed. Do not move the shift lever while
raising engine speed.
6. Allow 2 minutes for cooling, then repeat the test in

D, 1, and R.
NOTE:
• Do not test stall speed for more than 10 seconds
at a time.
• Stall speed tests should be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
• Stall speed tests should be the same in D, 2, 1,
and R.
• Do not test stall speed with the A/T pressure
gauges installed.
Stall Speed rpm

Specification: 1,950 rpm
Service Limit: 1,800−2,100 rpm
14-183
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４００００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:01 61SJC020_140_0188
Pressure Test
Special Tools Required 6. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the line pressure
• A/T clutch pressure gauge set inspection port (A). Do not allow dust or other
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 foreign particles to enter the hole while connecting
• A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A the gauge.
• A/T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 ０２
A/T OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE SET W/PANEL
1. Before testing, make sure the transmission fluid is 07406-0020400 or
filled to the proper level. 07406-0020401
2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is

securely supported.
3. Allow the all four wheels to rotate freely. A/T PRESSURE A/T PRESSURE
HOSE, 2,210 mm HOSE ADAPTER
07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120
4. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179). (4 required) (4 required)
5. Warm up the engine (the radiator fan comes on).

Turn off the engine, and connect the HDS to the
DLC (A).
０１
０３
A
7. Start the engine, and run it at 2,000 rpm in P or N.
8. Measure the line pressure at the line pressure

inspection hole (A).
NOTE: Higher pressure may be indicated if

measurements are made in shift lever positions
other than P or N.
Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit
Line (A) 950−1,010 kPa 900 kPa
(9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.2 kgf/cm2,
140−146 psi) 130 psi)
14-184
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０８０００００ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:01 61SJC020_140_0189
9. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil 13. Start the engine in P.
pressure gauge from the line pressure inspection
port. 14. Shift into 1, and measure the 1st clutch pressure at
the 1st clutch pressure inspection port (B) and the
10. Install the sealing bolt to the line pressure 1st-hold clutch pressure at the 1st-hold clutch
inspection port with the new sealing washer, and pressure inspection port (C) while holding the
tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Do engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
not reuse the old sealing washer.
15. Up shift to 2 by pushing the shift lever, and
11. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 1st clutch measure the 2nd clutch pressure at the 2nd clutch
pressure inspection hole (B) and the 1st-hold clutch pressure inspection hole (D) while holding the
pressure inspection hole (C). engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
０４
Pressure Fluid Pressure
B
1st clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
C (B) (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
2nd clutch 140−146 psi) 130 psi)
(D)
1st-hold 800−880 kPa 760 kPa
clutch (C) (8.2−9.0 kgf/cm2, (7.7 kgf/cm2,
120−130 psi) 110 psi)
16. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil

pressure gauges from the 1st clutch pressure, 1st-
hold clutch pressure, and 2nd clutch pressure
inspection ports.
12. Remove the intake manifold cover and intake air
duct, and connect the oil pressure gauge to the 2nd 17. Install the sealing bolts in the 1st clutch pressure,
clutch pressure inspection port (D). Then 1st-clutch hold clutch pressure, and 2nd clutch
temporarily install the intake air duct. pressure inspection ports with the new sealing
０５ washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m,
D 13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing washers.
(cont’d)
14-185
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0190
Pressure Test (cont’d)

18. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 3rd clutch 23. Release the accelerator pedal; the engine speed
pressure inspection port (E) and the 5th clutch decreases to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in
pressure inspection port (G). 2nd gear.
０６
E
24. Press the accelerator pedal very slowly so that the
engine speed increases to 2,000 rpm on 5 seconds,
then hold the accelerator; the transmission shifts
into 3rd gear. Measure the 3rd clutch pressure at
G the 3rd clutch pressure inspection port (E) while
holding the engine speed at 2,000 rpm.
25. Release the D3 driving mode by pressing the D3

switch; the transmission shifts into 4th gear, then
5th gear. Measure the 4th clutch pressure at the 4th
clutch pressure inspection port (F) and the 5th
clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure
inspection hole (G) while holding the engine speed
at 2,000 rpm.
19. Connect the oil pressure gauge to the 4th clutch Pressure Fluid Pressure
pressure inspection port (F). Standard Service Limit
０７ 3rd clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
(E) (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
4th clutch 140−146 psi) 130 psi)
(F)
5th clutch
(G)
26. Bring the engine back to an idle, then apply the

brake pedal to stop the wheels from rotating.
27. Shift to R, then release the brake pedal. Raise the

engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and measure the 5th
clutch pressure at the 5th clutch pressure
inspection port (G).
F Pressure Fluid Pressure

20. Start the engine with the transmission in P while 5th clutch 950−1,010 kPa 890 kPa
pressing the brake pedal. (G) in R (9.7−10.3 kgf/cm2, (9.1 kgf/cm2,
140−146 psi) 130 psi)
21. Shift to D, and select the D3 driving mode by
pressing the D3 switch. Release the brake pedal; 28. Turn the engine off, then disconnect the oil
the transmission is in 1st gear. pressure gauges from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch
pressure inspection ports.
22. Press the accelerator pedal to increase the engine
speed to 2,500 rpm; the transmission shifts into 29. Install the sealing bolts in the 3rd, 4th, and 5th
2nd gear. clutch pressure inspection ports with the new
sealing washers, and tighten the bolts to 18 N·m
(1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft). Do not reuse the old sealing
washers.
14-186
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0191
30. If any of the pressures are out of the service limit,

problems and probable causes are listed in the
table.
Problem Probable causes

No or low line • Torque converter
pressure • ATF pump
• Regulator valve
• Torque converter
check valve
• Low fluid level
• Clogged ATF strainer
No or low 1st clutch • 1st clutch
pressure • O-rings
No or low 2nd clutch • 2nd clutch
No or low 3rd clutch • 3rd clutch
No or low 4th clutch • 4th clutch
No or low 5th clutch • 5th clutch
No or low 5th clutch • Servo valve
pressure in the R • 5th clutch
position • O-rings
No or low 1st-hold • 1st-hold clutch
clutch pressure • O-rings
31. Install the intake air duct and the intake manifold
cover.
32. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-187
07/05/09 16:33:02 61SJC020_140_0192
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Test/

Replacement
1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 10. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket
０１ (A).
０２
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
B
2. Select Shift Solenoid A, B, C, and Lockup Solenoid E
Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
C
3. Check that shift solenoid valves A, B, and C, and the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve operate with
the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK.

• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 4.
11. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control
4. The solenoid test is finished if the tests are OK. If no pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from
sound is heard, remove the solenoid valve, and test the control lever (E).
the solenoid valve.
5. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the

audio system and the navigation system (if
equipped).
6. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery,

then disconnect the positive cable.
7. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and

remove the battery and the battery tray.
8. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air

duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing.
9. Remove the battery base and the battery base

bracket.
14-188
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６５９５４８ＦＨＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:03 61SJC020_140_0193
12. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 15. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
０３ valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), and gasket (D).
B ０４
C
D
D
E
A, B
A C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
16. Replace the gasket and O-rings (E) with new ones
13. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness when installing A/T clutch pressure control
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch solenoid valves A and B.
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (D),
then remove the harness cover from the bracket. 17. Remove the solenoid valve cover (A), dowel pins
(B), and gasket (C).
14. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid ０５
valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure C
control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
harness connector, the transmission range switch
connector, the ATF temperature sensor connector, B
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid A
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
18. Replace the gasket with a new one when installing

the solenoid cover.
(cont’d)
14-189
07/05/09 16:33:03 61SJC020_140_0194
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Test/

Replacement (cont’d)
19. Disconnect shift solenoid valve A connector (A), 22. Remove the solenoid harness, and install a new
shift solenoid valve B connector (B), shift solenoid O-ring (A) on the solenoid harness connector (B),
valve C connector (C), and torque converter clutch and install the connector in the transmission
solenoid valve connector (D). housing.
０６０７
C 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m A
A (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
20. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve 23. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
between the connector terminal and body ground. solenoid valves.
０８
Standard: 12−25
• Replace the solenoid valve if the resistance is out E

of standard.
• If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
21.
21. Reconnect the positive cable to the battery, then D

connect the negative cable to each solenoid valve
E
terminal individually.
• If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 22 and

C
replace the solenoid harness.
• If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 23 and
replace the shift solenoid valve. A
B 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
24. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve)

(E) on each reused solenoid valves.
NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new

O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the
O-rings provided on it.
14-190
07/05/09 16:33:04 61SJC020_140_0195
25. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by 32. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure A and B.
the mounting bracket contacts the accumulator
body. 33. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and
secure it with the bolt.
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to
install the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the 34. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or
solenoid valve body. repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
securely. Install the harness clamp on the bracket.
26. Install torque converter clutch solenoid valve (D)
(black connector) by holding the solenoid valve 35. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the insert the control pin into the control lever hole
accumulator body. through the shift cable end, and secure the control
pin with the spring clip/washer.
27. Install shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure 36. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of torque
converter clutch solenoid valve. 37. Install the battery base bracket and the battery base.
NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve C before 38. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the
installing the torque converter clutch solenoid intake air duct, and the intake manifold cover.
valve. If shift solenoid valve C is installed before
installing the torque converter clutch solenoid 39. Install the battery tray, the battery, and the battery
valve, it may damage to hydraulic control system. hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
28. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by
holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure 40. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
the mounting bracket contacts the accumulator the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
body. (on vehicles without navigation).
29. Connect the harness terminals to the solenoid: 41. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
(see page 22-209).
• RED wire connector to shift solenoid A
• ORN wire connector to shift solenoid B
• GRN wire connector to shift solenoid C
• YEL wire connector to the torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
30. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, dowel pins,

and a new gasket.
31. Install the new solenoid valve body gasket on the

solenoid valve cover, and install the ATF pipes with
the filter end in the transmission housing. Install
new O-rings over the ATF pipes.
14-191
07/05/09 16:33:04 61SJC020_140_0196
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A). 9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
０１ valve A connector.
０２
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid A

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A

with the HDS.
• If the valve tests OK, the test is complete.

Disconnect the HDS. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the A resistance at the connector terminals.
instructions on the HDS.
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does Standard: 3−10
not determine the cause, go to step 4.
• If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
4. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
audio system and the navigation system (if (see page 14-198).
equipped). • If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
11.
then disconnect the positive cable. 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and positive battery terminal to connector terminal
remove the battery and the battery tray. No. 1.
7. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air • If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
parts.
8. Remove the battery base and the battery base • If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 12.
bracket.
14-192
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0197
12. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket 16. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
(A). valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
０３ control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
connector, the ATF temperature sensor connector,
6 x 1.0 mm the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
A
9.8 N·m connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
17. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

D
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and
O-rings (E).
０５
D
B
E
A, B
13. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and control pin

(C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from the
control lever (E).
C
14. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
０４ (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C 18. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
15. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch
then remove the harness cover from the bracket.
(cont’d)
14-193
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0198
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test (cont’d)

19. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch 26. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
pressure control solenoid valve A connector insert the control pin into the control lever hole
terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery through the shift cable end, and secure the control
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure pin with the spring clip/washer.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.
０６ 27. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
28. Install the battery base bracket and the battery base.
29. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the

intake air duct, and the intake manifold cover.
30. Install the battery tray, the battery, and the battery
hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
31. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
A
(on vehicles without navigation).
20. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check 32. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve (see page 22-209).
body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves
sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate,
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B.
21. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of

the solenoid valve body and the solenoid valve
cover.
22. Install a new solenoid valve body gasket on the

23. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves

A and B.
24. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and

25. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

repair if necessary, then connect the connectors
14-194
07/05/09 16:33:05 61SJC020_140_0199
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test

０７ valve B connector.
０８
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid B

in Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

with the HDS.

Disconnect the HDS.
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the
instructions on the HDS. 10. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does B resistance at the connector terminals.
not determine the cause, go to step 4.
Standard: 3−10
audio system and the navigation system (if • If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
equipped). clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
(see page 14-198).
5. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, • If the resistance is within the standard, go to step
then disconnect the positive cable. 11.
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
remove the battery and the battery tray. valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
positive battery terminal to connector terminal
7. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air No. 1.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.
8. Remove the battery base and the battery base Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
bracket. parts.
(cont’d)
14-195
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ３０
07/05/09 16:33:06 61SJC020_140_0200
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont’d)

12. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket 16. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
(A). valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
０９ control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
6 x 1.0 mm the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
A
9.8 N·m connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

D
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and
O-rings (E).
１１
D
B
E
A, B

control lever (E).
C
14. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
１０ (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C 18. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for
contamination.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-196
07/05/09 16:33:06 61SJC020_140_0201
19. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch 26. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
pressure control solenoid valve B connector insert the control pin into the control lever hole
terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery through the shift cable end, and secure the control
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure pin with the spring clip/washer.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.
１２ 27. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.

hold-down bracket, then connect the battery cables.
B
32. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
20. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check (see page 22-209).
valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B.

the solenoid valve body and solenoid valve cover.
22. Install a new solenoid valve body gasket on the


A and B.


14-197
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0202
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A and B Replacement

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 8. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A).
audio system and the navigation system (if ０２
equipped). B
C

remove the battery and the battery tray. D

5. Remove the battery base and the battery base E

bracket.
F
6. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket
(A). A
０１
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m 9. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch
D
valve A connector (E), the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve B connector (F), the solenoid
B
E the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
connector, the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
C connector, and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

control lever (E).
14-198
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0203
11. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 17. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
valves A and B, ATF pipes (C), gasket (D), and insert the control pin into the control lever hole
O-rings (E). through the shift cable end, and secure the control
０３ pin with the spring clip/washer.
D 18. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
E 20. Install the air cleaner housing, the resonator, the

A, B
hold-down bracket, then reconnect the battery
cables.
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 23. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
(see page 22-209).
12. Check the fluid passage of the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve for dust and dirt, and clean
the passage if necessary.
13. Install the new solenoid valve body gasket on the


A and B.


14-199
07/05/09 16:33:07 61SJC020_140_0204
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test

１３ valve C connector.
１４
2. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid C

in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS.
3. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

with the HDS. 6. Measure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve C resistance at the connector terminals.
Disconnect the HDS. Standard: 3−10
• If the valve does not test OK, follow the
instructions on the HDS. • If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T
• If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
not determine the cause, go to step 4. (see page 14-203).
• If the resistance is within the standard, go to
4. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake step 7.
air duct.
7. Connect the negative battery terminal to solenoid
valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect the
positive battery terminal to connector terminal
No. 1.
• If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK.

Reconnect the connector, and install all removed
parts.
14-200
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＦＥＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:08 61SJC020_140_0205
8. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 11. Connect the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch
valve C. pressure control solenoid valve C connector
＊０１ terminal No. 2, and connect the positive battery
terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves.
１６
B C
A
A D
12. Disconnect one of the battery terminals, and check

the valve movement at the fluid passage in valve
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve
9. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), the O-rings (B), the C.
ATF pipe (D), and the gasket (E).
10. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for the solenoid valve body and the transmission
contamination. housing.
(cont’d)
14-201
07/05/09 16:33:08 61SJC020_140_0206
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont’d)

14. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the 16. Install a new gasket (A) on the transmission
filter end into its mounting hole (B). housing, and install the 8 x 34.5 mm ATF joint pipe
１７ (B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
A and 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
１９
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
C
D
B
15. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint A

pipe (B) between the top (C) of the pipe and the
solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.). If the height is over
7 mm (0.3 in.), push the pipe until it bottoms in the
accumulator body.
１８
B
C
17. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
A
D 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
cover.
14-202
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0207
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake 6. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the
air duct. filter end into its mounting hole (B).
０５
2. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid A
valve C connector.

valve C.
＊０１ B
B C
7. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint

A solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
A D height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.). If the height is over
E accumulator body.
０６
B
C
A
D
4. Remove the ATF joint pipes (A), the O-rings (B), the
ATF pipe (D), and the gasket (E).

the solenoid valve body and the transmission
housing.
(cont’d)
14-203
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２２３ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0208
A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Replacement (cont’d)

8. Install the new gasket (A) on the transmission
housing, and install the 8 x 34.5 mm ATF joint pipe
(B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
and 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
０７
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
C
D
B
9. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
10. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
cover.
14-204
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0209
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed

Sensor Replacement Sensor Replacement
1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179). 1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor connector, and remove the input shaft sensor connector, and remove the output shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor (A). (countershaft) speed sensor (A).
０１０１
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A A
B B
3. Install the new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new output shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the
housing. transmission housing.
4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then
connect the connector securely. connect the connector securely.
5. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179). 5. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-205
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６３４６１５ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６４３８２１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:33:09 61SJC020_140_0210
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid

pressure switch connector, and remove the 3rd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A).
０１
A
B 20 N·m
(2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft)
3. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

particles inside the connector.
4. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten
the switch.
5. Connect the connector securely.
14-206
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１０１１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:45 61SJC020_140_0211
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement

1. Remove the intake manifold cover and the intake 5. Remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
air duct. switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A).
０１
B
C
A
A 20 N·m
6 x 1.0 mm 6. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign

12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
particles inside the connector.
cover/clamp bracket (C), disconnect the 4th clutch 7. Install a new 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure
transmission fluid pressure switch connector (D), switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten
then remove the harness cover from the bracket. the switch.
4. Remove the bolts securing the harness cover (A) 8. Secure the harness cover and harness cover/clamp
and the harness cover/clamp bracket (B). bracket with the bolts, and install the harness
０２ clamp on the bracket.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) 9. Install the harness cover on the cover bracket, and
A
10. Connect the connector securely.
6 x 1.0 mm cover.
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
14-207
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１０１２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0212
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement

1. Remove the splash shield (see page 20-179).
2. Drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF) (see

step 3 on page 14-210).
3. Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector

(A), then remove the connector from the connector
bracket (B).
０１
B
D
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
E F (1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
4. Remove the harness clamp (C) from its bracket (D).
5. Remove the ATF temperature sensor.
6. Install a new O-ring (E) on the new ATF

temperature sensor (F).
7. Install the ATF temperature sensor connector to the

connector bracket, then connect the connector
securely.
8. Install the harness clamp on its bracket.
9. Refill the transmission with the ATF (see step 5 on

page 14-210).
14-208
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１３０４１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0213
ATF Level Check

NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid
leaks at the transmission, hose and line joints, and
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating cooler lines. If a problem is found, fix it before
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). filling the transmission. If the level is above the
upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level (see step
2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the 3 on page 14-210).
engine off.
7. If necessary fill the transmission with the
NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60−90 seconds recommended fluid through the filler hole (A) to the
after turning the engine off. upper mark on the dipstick. Always use Honda
ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
dipstick tube, and wipe it with a clean cloth. ０３
０１
B
24 x 1.5 mm
44 N·m
A A
8. Install the ATF filler bolt (B) and a new sealing

4. Insert the dipstick into the tube. washer (C).
5. Remove the dipstick (A) and check the fluid level. It

should be between the upper mark (B) and the
lower mark (C).
＊０１
A
B
14-209
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３００１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:46 61SJC020_140_0214
ATF Replacement
NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid
through the filler hole (A) to the upper mark on the
1. Bring the transmission up to normal operating dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 Automatic
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF
can affect shift quality.
2. Park the vehicle on level ground.
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
3. Remove the ATF filler bolt and the drain plug (A), 3.1 L (3.3 US qt) at change
and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 8.1 L (8.6 US qt) at overhaul (’06 model)
8.0 L (8.4 US qt) at overhaul (’07-08 models)
NOTE: If a cooler cleaning is done, refer to ATF ０２
Cooler Cleaning (see page 14-239).
０１
A B
18 x 1.5 mm 24 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m 44 N·m
(5.0 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft) (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
B
C
6. Install the ATF filler bolt (B) and a new sealing

washer (C).
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer

(B).
14-210
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３００１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_140_0215
Transfer Assembly Fluid Replacement

1. Bring the transmission up to normal operating 5. Remove the filler plug (A) and the sealing washer
temperature (the radiator fan comes on). (B).
０２
A
2. Park the vehicle on level ground, and turn the 24 x 1.5 mm
engine off. 44 N·m
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the transfer
B
fluid (hypoid gear oil).
０１
A
20 x 1.5 mm 6. Refill the transfer assembly with the recommended
44 N·m fluid (hypoid gear oil) through the filler hole (C)
(4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) until the fluid flows out. Use a SAE 90 or SAE
80W-90 viscosity hypoid gear oil, API classified GL4
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer or GL5 only.
(B).
Viscosity
SAE 90: Above 0 °F ( −18 °C)
SAE 80W-90: Below 0 °F ( −18 °C)
Transfer Fluid (Hypoid Gear Oil) Capacity:

0.43 L (0.45 US qt) at fluid change
7. Install the filler plug and a new sealing washer.
14-211
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７４５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:47 61SJC020_140_0216
Transfer Assembly Inspection

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 7. If the backlash is out of standard, remove the
supported securely (see page 1-10). transfer assembly, and adjust the transfer gear
backlash (see page 14-395).
2. Shift the transmission into the N position.
8. Check for fluid leaks between the mating faces of
3. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller the transfer assembly and the transmission.
shaft (B) and the transfer companion flange (C).
０１ 9. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly,
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft) remove the transfer cover, and replace the O-ring.
10. Check for fluid leaks between the transfer

B companion flange and the transfer oil seal.
11. If there is a leak, remove the transfer assembly

from the transmission, and replace the transfer oil
seal and O-ring on the transfer output shaft (hypoid
gear). If an oil seal and O-ring replacement is
required, you will need to check and adjust the
transfer gear tooth contact, transfer gear backlash,
the tapered roller bearing starting torque, and the
A total starting torque (see page 14-395). Do not
replace the oil seal with the transfer assembly on
the transmission.
C
4. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

companion flange.
5. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion

flange (B); position dial indicator tip (C) on the
direct extension of the bolt hole center (D).
０２
B D C
6. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.)
14-212
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ５０
07/05/09 16:33:48 61SJC020_140_0217
Transfer Assembly Removal

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 6. Remove exhaust pipe A and its mount (B).
supported securely (see page 1-10). ０３
2. Shift the transmission into the N position.
3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic

transmission fluid (ATF).
０１
A
18 x 1.5 mm
49 N·m
B
7. Remove the bolt securing the transfer breather

hose bracket (A), and disconnect the breather hose
(B) from the breather pipe (C) on the transfer
assembly.
０４
4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer B

(B). A
5. Remove the front subframe stiffener.

０２
(cont’d)
14-213
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:48 61SJC020_140_0218
Transfer Assembly Removal (cont’d)

8. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller
０５
B
9. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

companion flange.
10. Remove the transfer assembly from the

transmission.
０６
14-214
07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_140_0219
Transfer Assembly Installation

1. Clean the areas where the transfer assembly 4. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer
contacts the transmission with solvent or companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
carburetor cleaner, and dry with compressed air. mark (C).
Then apply transmission fluid to the contact area. ０２
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m
2. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transmission. (7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft)
０１
A A
10 x 1.25 mm
51 N·m
C
B B
5. Secure the transfer breather hose bracket (A) on

the transfer assembly with the bolt, and install the
breather hose (B) over the breather pipe (C) with
the dot (D) on the hose facing out.
０３
6 x 1.0 mm
C 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
3. Insert the one 10 x 1.25 mm bolt (length: 105 mm) B

(B) in the rear upper of the transfer housing, then D A
install the transfer assembly (C) on the
transmission.
(cont’d)
14-215
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＫＣＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:33:49 61SJC020_140_0220
Transfer Assembly Installation (cont’d)

6. Install exhaust pipe A with the new self-locking
nuts, its mount (B), and new gaskets (C) (D).
＊０１
B 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A (5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
D Replace.
8 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 33 N·m
(2.2 kgf·m, (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft)
16 lbf·ft) Replace.
7. Install the front subframe stiffener with new

mounting bolts.
０５
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
8. Refill the transfer assembly with transfer fluid

(hypoid gear oil), if necessary (see page 14-211).
9. Refill the transmission with ATF (see step 5 on page

14-210).
14-216
07/05/09 16:33:50 61SJC020_140_0221
Transfer Breather Hose Replacement

1. Remove the transfer breather (A) from the throttle 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is
cable bracket (B), and disconnect the breather hose supported securely (see page 1-10).
(C) from the breather.
０１ 6. Remove the breather hose (A) from the hose clamp
B (B), and disconnect the hose from the transfer
breather pipe (C) on the transfer assembly.
A
０３
B A
E
C
2. Remove the transfer breather hose clamp (D) from

the heater hose (E), and remove the clamp from the C
breather hose.
3. Remove the breather hose (upper) (A) from the

hose clamp (B). 7. Install the breather hose over the transfer breather
０２ pipe with the dot (D) on the hose facing out, and
B install the hose in the clamp at the dot (E) on the
hose with facing out.
A
8. Install the hose joint in the lower hose.
9. Install the upper hose over the hose joint by

aligning the upper hose dot with the lower hose dot.
D
10. Install the upper hose in the clamp at the dot on the
upper hose with facing out.
11. Install the transfer breather hose clamp at the

C covering hose, and install the clamp on the heater
hose, centering the heater hose dot in the clamp
opening.
4. Separate the breather hoses upper and lower (C), 12. Install the upper hose end over the breather pipe
and remove the hose joint (D). with the dot on the hose facing up, and install the
If the only upper hose is replaced, remove the breather on the throttle cable bracket.
upper hose from the hose joint, and go to step 9.
14-217
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７２５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:50 61SJC020_140_0222
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 11. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 transmission fluid (ATF).
• Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 ＊０２
A
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 18 x 1.5 mm
• Front subframe adapter VSB02BMDXSB0 49 N·m
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. B
NOTE:
• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
surfaces.
• Special tool Reds engine support hanger
AAR-T-12566 must be used with the side engine
mount installed.

equipped).
2. Secure the hood in the wide open position (position

the support rod in the lower hole).
3. Set the wheels in the straight ahead position, and

lock the steering wheel. 12. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer
(B).
4. Drain the power steering system fluid from the
reservoir (see page 17-12). 13. Disconnect the steering joint (see page 17-24).
5. Make sure the ignition switch is LOCK (0). 14. Remove the power steering pump outlet line (A)
Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, from the power steering pump, and remove the
then disconnect the positive cable. hose clamp bolt (B).
＊０１
6. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and B A


bracket.
9. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
10. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is

supported securely (see page 1-10). Remove the
splash shield (see page 20-179).
14-218
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:51 61SJC020_140_0223
15. Remove the transmission breather hose (A) from 18. Remove the dipstick, then remove the starter and
the breather pipe (B) at the transmission housing. gasket.
０３０５
A
16. Disconnect the solenoid harness connector (A). (A).
０４０６
B B
D
D B
E
C
C C
D A
17. Remove the starter cables (B) from the starter, and
remove the harness clamps (C) from the clamp
brackets (D). 20. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control
pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from
the control lever (E).
(cont’d)
14-219
07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_140_0224
Transmission Removal (cont’d)

21. Remove the bolt securing the harness cover (A). 26. Disconnect the transmission range switch
０７ connector (A), and remove the harness clamp (B)
B from the clamp bracket (C).
C ０９
D
F
A
A
22. Remove the harness clamp (B) from the harness B

then remove the harness cover from the bracket. 27. Remove the transmission ground cable (D).
23. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 28. Remove the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF
valve A connector (E) and the A/T clutch pressure cooler lines (B). Turn the ends of the cooler hoses
control solenoid valve B connector (F). up to prevent ATF from flowing out, then plug the
cooler hoses and lines.
24. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid １０
valve C connector (A).
０８
B
B
A
C 29. Check for any signs of leakage at the hose joints.
25. Remove the bolts securing the harness cover (B)

and harness cover/clamp bracket (C).
14-220
07/05/09 16:33:52 61SJC020_140_0225
30. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed 32. Remove the connector bracket from the engine
sensor connector (A), the output shaft front cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to
(countershaft) speed sensor connector (B), the ATF attach the engine hanger balancer bar front arm.
temperature sensor connector (C), and the 3rd １３
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(D).
１１
B
A
33. Remove the harness clamp bracket from the engine

rear cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to
attach the engine hanger balancer bar rear arm.
１４
31. Remove the transfer breather (A) from the throttle

cable bracket (B), and remove the transfer breather
hose clamp (C) from the heater hose (D).
１２
B
(cont’d)
14-221
07/05/09 16:33:53 61SJC020_140_0226

34. Remove the service caps (A) for the front damper 37. Remove the front mount nut.
flange nuts from the cowl cover (B). Position the １６
engine hanger adapters (VSB02C000024) with the
‘‘FRONT’’ mark facing forward over the damper
flange nuts.
４０
VSB02C000024
A A
38. Remove the front subframe stiffener.

１７
35. Install the engine balance bar (VSB02C000019);

attach the front arm (A) to the front cylinder head
with a spacer and the 10 mm bolt, and attach the
rear arm (B) to the rear cylinder head with the
8 mm bolt.
４１
AAR-T-12566
VSB02C000019 C
A
B
36. Install the engine support hanger (AAR-T-12566) to

the vehicle, and attach the hook to slotted hold in
the engine balance bar. Tighten the wing nut (C) by
hand, and to lift and support the engine.
14-222
07/05/09 16:33:54 61SJC020_140_0227
39. Remove exhaust pipe A and its mount (B). 43. Remove the bolt securing the transfer breather
１８ hose bracket (A), and disconnect the breather hose
(B) from the breather pipe (C) on the transfer
assembly.
２０
B
A
B C
A
44. Make a reference mark (A) across the propeller
40. Remove the lock pins (A) and the castle nuts (B), ２１
and separate the lower arms (C) from the knuckles B
(D) (see page 18-12).
１９
F G
E
A C
B J 45. Separate the propeller shaft from the transfer

I companion flange.
41. Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (E) in the top of the ball

joint pin (F), and remove the nuts (G), then separate
the stabilizer link (H).
42. Remove the cotter pins (I) and nuts (J), and
separate the tie-rod end ball joints (K) from the
knuckles (see step 9 on page 18-15).
(cont’d)
14-223
07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_140_0228

46. Remove the transfer assembly from the 48. Disconnect the power steering pressure switch
transmission. connector.
２２２４
49. Remove the power steering fluid hose (A) from the
hose clamp (B) at the right front of the subframe.
２５
B
47. Remove the torque converter cover (A), and

remove the drive plate bolts (B) (8) while rotating
the crankshaft pulley.
２３
B A
C
50. Loosen the hose clamp bolt, then disconnect the

power steering fluid hose from the fluid line (C).
14-224
07/05/09 16:33:55 61SJC020_140_0229
51. Remove the four transmission lower mount nuts 53. Remove the three rear mount bracket bolts (A).
(A). ２８
２６
A
A
52. Make reference marks (A) on the body across the
marks (B) on the edge of the front subframe (C). 54. Loosen the four bolts (A) holding the adjustable
２７ arms (B) of the front subframe adapter
C (EQS02BMDXSB0) to its center plate.
NOTE: The adapter is designed to be used the

Honda transmission jack (model number
A LSL-W93714) or powertrain lift (model number
OTC-1585), both available through the Honda Tool
and Equipment Program. It will also work with
most commercially available transmission jacks.
A ２９
EQS02BMDXSB0
B B
(cont’d)
14-225
07/05/09 16:33:56 61SJC020_140_0230

55. Line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on 58. Remove the six bolts securing the stiffeners (A) and
the corner of the jack base, then attach the adapter the four bolts securing the front subframe (B), and
to the jack base with the bolts (A) that came with lower the front subframe.
the jack. Tighten the bolts securely. ３１
３０
A
EQS02BMDXB0
B
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A
56. Raise the jack to the vehicle height, then attach the 59. Remove the transmission lower mounts.
adapter to the front subframe using the subframe ３２
stiffener mounting bolts (B) and bolt holes.
57. For ’07-08 models: Remove both retainers securing

the rear mounting bolts of the front subframe.
０１
14-226
07/05/09 16:33:57 61SJC020_140_0231
60. Remove the driveshafts from the differential and 63. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.
the intermediate shaft. Coat all precision machined ３５
surfaces with clean engine oil, then put plastic bags
over the driveshaft ends.
＊０４
64. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.

61. Remove the exhaust manifold bracket (A) and the ３６
heat shield (B).
０３
C
A
62. Remove the intermediate shaft (C). Coat all

precision machined surfaces with clean engine oil,
then put the plastic bags over the intermediate
shaft ends.
(cont’d)
14-227
07/05/09 16:33:57 61SJC020_140_0232

65. Remove the front mount bracket (A). 71. Remove the torque converter and the dowel pins.
３７３９
72. Inspect the drive plate, and replace if it’s damaged.

66. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolt
(B) using a socket 22 mm in length.
67. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts.

３８
68. Lower the transmission by loosening the wing nut

of the engine support hanger, and tilt the engine
just enough for the transmission end to clear the
side frame.
69. Place a jack under the transmission.
70. Slide the transmission away from the engine to

remove it from the vehicle.
14-228
07/05/09 16:33:58 61SJC020_140_0233
Transmission Installation
Special Tools Required 5. Place the transmission on the jack, and raise it to
• Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T-12566 engine level.
• Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019
• Engine hanger adapter set VSB02C000024 6. Attach the transmission to the engine, and install
• Front subframe adapter VSB02BMDXSB0 the transmission housing mounting bolts.
These special tools are available through the Honda ０３
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857.
NOTE:
• Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
surfaces.
• Special tool Reds engine support hanger
AAR-T-12566 must be used with the side engine
mount installed.
1. Clean the ATF cooler (see page 14-239).
2. Install the torque converter (A) on the mainshaft (B)

with a new O-ring (C).
０１ 12 x 1.25 mm
C 64 N·m
D (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
7. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts.

０４
A
E
3. Install the 14 mm dowel pin (D) and the 10 mm

dowel pin (E) in the torque converter housing.
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
4. Install the transmission lower mounts. (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft)
０２
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
(cont’d)
14-229
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:33:59 61SJC020_140_0234
Transmission Installation (cont’d)

8. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts. 11. Install a new set ring (A) on the intermediate shaft
０５ (B), and install the intermediate shaft in the
differential. While installing the intermediate shaft
in the differential, be sure not to allow dust or other
foreign particles to enter the transmission.
０７
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) D
9. Install the transmission housing mounting bolt (A).

０６
10 x 1.25 mm A
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m, B
A 40 lbf·ft)
12 x 1.25 mm Replace. 8 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m B 22 N·m
(6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft) (2.2 kgf·m, 10 x 1.25 mm C
16 lbf·ft) 39 N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
29 lbf·ft) 8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
12. Install the exhaust manifold bracket (C) and the

heat shield (D).
13. Install a new set ring on the left driveshaft, then

install the left driveshaft in the differential
(see page 16-17). While installing the driveshaft in
10. Install the front mount bracket (B) with new the differential, be sure not to allow dust or other
mounting bolts. foreign particles to enter the transmission. Install
the right driveshaft over the intermediate shaft.
NOTE: Turn the right and left steering knuckle fully

outward, and slide the driveshafts into the
differential and over the intermediate shaft until
you feel the set ring engage.
14-230
07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_140_0235
14. Support the front subframe (A) with the front 18. For ’07-08 models: Install both bolt retainers (A) on
subframe adapter (EQS02BMDXB0) and a jack, and both rear mounting bolts (B) of the front subframe
lift it up to the body. (C).
０８０１
10 x 1.25 mm C
38 N·m
EQS02BMDXB0 (3.9 kgf·m,
28 lbf·ft)
A
F
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m
(7.5 kgf·m,
54 lbf·ft) B
E
E
A
B B 10 x 1.25 mm
C 38 N·m
D C B (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
D
14 x 1.5 mm 12 x 1.25 mm
103 N·m 117 N·m 19. Install the rear mount bracket bolts.
(10.5 kgf·m, (11.9 kgf·m,
75.9 lbf·ft) １０
86 lbf·ft)
Replace.
15. Loosely install new subframe mounting bolts (B),

rear stiffeners (C) and mounting bolts (D), and front
stiffeners (E) and mounting bolts (F).
16. Align all reference marks (A) on the front subframe

(B) with the body, then tighten the bolts on the front
subframe to the specified torque.
０９
B
10 x 1.25 mm
38 N·m
A (3.9 kgf·m, 28 lbf·ft)
17. Remove the jack and the front subframe adapter.
(cont’d)
14-231
07/05/09 16:34:00 61SJC020_140_0236

20. Install the transmission lower mount nuts. 23. Connect the power steering fluid hose (A) to the
１１ line (B), and secure the hose with its hose clamp (C).
１３
D
C
A
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
21. Attach the torque converter to the drive plate (A) 24. Secure the hose with the hose clamp (D).
with eight bolts (B). Rotate the crankshaft pulley as
necessary to tighten the bolt to 1/2 of the specified 25. Connect the power steering pressure switch
torque, then to the final torque, in a crisscross connector.
pattern. After tightening the last bolt, check that the １４
crankshaft rotates freely.
１２
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
22. Install the torque converter cover (C).
14-232
07/05/09 16:34:01 61SJC020_140_0237
26. Install the dowel pin (A) in the transmission. 29. Install the ball joints on each lower arm (A) to each
１５ knuckle (B) with new castle nuts (C), and secure the
A castle nuts with the lock pins (D).
＊０１
F E
12 x 1.25 mm
H 78 N·m
I
10 x 1.25 mm G
51 N·m
B
D J
12 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
(5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
C
14 x 2.0 mm
93 N·m K
(9.5 kgf·m,
C 69 lbf·ft)
Replace. B
27. Insert the one 10 x 1.25 mm bolt (length: 105 mm) A

(B) in the rear upper of the transfer housing, then
install the transfer assembly (C) on the 30. Install the nuts (E) to the ball joint pins (F) on each
transmission. stabilizer link (G). Insert a 6 mm Allen wrench (H) in
the top of the ball joint pins, and tighten the nuts to
28. Install the propeller shaft (A) to the transfer the specified torque.
companion flange (B) by aligning the reference
mark (C). 31. Install the tie-rod end ball joints (I) to each knuckle
１６ with the nuts (J) and new cotter pins (K).
10 x 1.25 mm
72 N·m
(7.3 kgf·m, 53 lbf·ft) 32. Secure the transfer breather hose bracket (A) on
the transfer assembly with the bolt, and install the
A breather hose (B) over the breather pipe (C) with
the dot (D) on the hose facing out.
１８
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
D A
C
B
(cont’d)
14-233
07/05/09 16:34:02 61SJC020_140_0238

33. Install exhaust pipe A with the new self-locking 35. Install a new front mount nut, and tighten it.
nuts, its mount (B), and new gaskets (C) (D). ２１
＊０２ 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
Replace.
B 10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m
A (5.5 kgf·m,
40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m 36. Remove the engine support hanger, the engine
D Replace. hanger adapters, and the engine balance bar.
8 x 1.25 mm 10 x 1.25 mm
22 N·m 33 N·m 37. Install the connector bracket on the engine front
(2.2 kgf·m, (3.4 kgf·m, 25 lbf·ft) cylinder head.
16 lbf·ft) Replace.
２２
34. Install the front subframe stiffener with new

mounting bolts.
２０
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m
(4.5 kgf·m,
33 lbf·ft)
10 x 1.25 mm
54 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 lbf·ft)
Replace.
14-234
07/05/09 16:34:03 61SJC020_140_0239
38. Install the harness clamp brackets on the engine 40. Connect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
rear cylinder head. connector (A), the output shaft (countershaft) speed
２３ sensor connector (B), the ATF temperature sensor
connector (C), and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch connector (D). Do not allow water,
fluid, oil, dust, or other foreign particles to enter
any of the connectors.
２５
B
A
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
39. Install the transfer breather (A) on the throttle cable

bracket (B). Install the transfer breather hose clamp
(C) on the heater hose (D), centering the heater 41. Connect the ATF cooler hoses (A) to the ATF cooler
hose dot (E) in the clamp opening. lines (B), and secure the hoses with the clips (C)
２４ (see page 14-241).
B ２６
B C A
A
A
E
D
C
B
C
(cont’d)
14-235
07/05/09 16:34:03 61SJC020_140_0240

42. Connect the transmission range switch connector 46. Install the harness cover (A) on the harness cover/
(A), and install the harness clamp (B) on the clamp clamp bracket (B), and secure it with the bolt.
bracket (C). ２９
２７ D
B
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
C
E
C
F
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
47. Connect the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

B switch connector (C), and install the harness clamp
(D) on the bracket. Connect the A/T clutch pressure
control solenoid valve A connector (E), and the A/T
43. Install the transmission ground cable (D). clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector
(F).
44. Secure the harness cover (A) and the harness cover
/clamp bracket (B) with the bolts. 48. Attach the shift cable end (A) to the control lever (B),
２８ then insert the control pin (C) into the control lever
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m hole through the shift cable end, and secure the
(1.2 kgf·m, control pin with the spring clip/washer (D).
8.7 lbf·ft) ３０
A
6 x 1.0 mm 6 x 1.0 mm E
9.8 N·m
12 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
(1.2 kgf·m,
8.7 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
D
B
45. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid C
valve C connector (C).
49. Secure the shift cable bracket (E) with the nuts.
14-236
07/05/09 16:38:52 61SJC020_140_0241
50. Install the starter (A) and a new gasket (B) (see page 53. Install the transmission breather hose (A) over the
4-10). Install the mounting bolt (C) through the breather pipe (B) at the transmission housing, and
harness clamp bracket hole (D), and into the lower install the hose in the clamp (C) at the dot (D) on the
mounting bolt thread hole (E). hose with facing out.
３１３３
10 x 1.25 mm A
44 N·m B C
A
D
54. Install the power steering pump outlet line (A) with
E a new O-ring (B) to the pump, and secure the hose
clamp (C) with the bolt.
51. Install the starter cables (A), and install the harness ３４
6 x 1.0 mm
clamps (B) on the clamp brackets (C). 6 x 1.0 mm 11 N·m (1.1 kgf·m, 8.0 lbf·ft)
３２ 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
A
C
B
A
A
9 N·m
(0.9 kgf·m, 55. Connect the steering joint (see page 17-26).
B 6.5 lbf·ft)
C D B
56. Refill the power steering fluid reservoir with fluid to
52. Connect the solenoid harness connector (D). the upper level line.
57. Refill the transmission with the ATF (see step 5 on

page 14-210).

(cont’d)
14-237
07/05/09 16:38:53 61SJC020_140_0242
Transmission Installation (cont’d) Drive Plate Removal and

Installation
1. Remove the transmission assembly (see page
61. Install the splash shield (see page 20-179). 14-218).
62. Install the service caps on the cowl cover. 2. Remove the drive plate (A) and the washer (B) from
the engine crankshaft.
63. Set the parking brake, run the engine at fast idle, ０１
A
and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock
several times to bleed air from the system. Recheck
the fluid level, and refill if necessary.
64. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift
the transmission through all positions three times.
Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear position B
indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.
65. Check and adjust the front wheel alignment

(see page 18-5).
66. Start the engine in the P or N position, and warm it

up to normal operating temperature (the radiator
fan comes on).
12 x 1.25 mm
74 N·m,
67. Turn off the engine, and check the ATF level (7.5 kgf·m, 54 lbf·ft)
(see page 14-209).
3. Install the drive plate and the washer on the engine
68. Do the road test (see page 14-181). crankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in a
crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock 4. Install the transmission assembly (see page 14-229).

(see page 22-209).
14-238
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４２２２５１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:53 61SJC020_140_0243
ATF Cooler Cleaning

Special Tools Required 2. Plug the cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded
• ATF cooler cleaner GHTTTCF6H electrical outlet.
• Magnetic nonbypass spin-on filter GTHGNBP2
These special tools are available through the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857. Make sure the outlet has no other appliances
(light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords)
Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler
automatic transmission, you must thoroughly clean the cleaner into an extension cord or drop light;
ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to you could damage the unit.
do so could cause a repeat automatic transmission ０２
failure.
The cleaning procedure involves heated ATF-Z1

delivered under high pressure (100 psi). Check the
security of all hoses and connections. Always wear
safety glasses or a face shield, along with gloves and RED HOSE
protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on
BLUE HOSE
your skin, rinse with water immediately.
110 V
ELECTRICAL
OUTLET
• Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result AIR PURGE SHOP
VALVE AIR LINE
in burns and other serious injuries.
• Always wear eye protection and protective 3. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON; the green
clothing, and follow this procedure. indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Wait
1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating
1. Check the fluid in the cooler cleaner tank. (The fluid temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use
level should be 4.5 inches from the top of the filler when the temperature gauge reads 140 ° to 150 °F.)
neck.) Adjust the level if needed; do not overfill.
Use only Honda ATF-Z1; do not use any additives. NOTE: If the red indicator above the HEAT toggle
０１ switch comes on, the fluid level in the tank is too
FILTER/BREATHER low for the tank heater to work (see step 1 of this
TUBE
TANK procedure).
FILLER
NECK 4. Select the appropriate pair of fittings, and attach
them to the radiator, to the hoses, or to the banjo
bolts for flow through the ATF cooler cleaner.
TO HOSE
０３
TO BANJO BOLT
4.5 inches
TO RADIATOR
VEHICLE
COOLER CLEANER
(cont’d)
14-239
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:55 61SJC020_140_0244
ATF Cooler Cleaning (cont’d)

5. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the 11. Now connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line.
line that normally goes to the external filter on the
transmission). 12. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the
pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running,
6. Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. open and close the air purge valve periodically.
Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the
7. Connect a shop air hose (regulated to 100 to 5-minute cleaning period, leave the air purge valve
125 psi) to the air purge valve. open.
NOTE: While the pump is running with the air

The quick-connect fitting has a one-way purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming
check valve to keep ATF from entering your from the filler/breather tube vents.
shop’s air system. Do not remove or replace
the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with 13. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR
the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if toggle switch to OFF. Leave the air purge valve
your coupler is not compatible. open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines and
hoses of residual ATF, then close the valve.
8. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON; the green
indicator above the toggle switch comes on. Let the 14. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, cooler lines.
open and close the air purge valve periodically to
cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 15. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other.
Always open the valve slowly. At the end of the
5-minute cleaning period, leave the air purge valve 16. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve.
open. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used.
NOTE: While the pump is running with the air 17. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF
purge valve open, it is normal to see vapor coming cooler inlet and outlet lines.
from the filler/breather tube vents.
０４ 18. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet.
Tool Maintenance
Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner

working properly:
• Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters
OPEN
once a year or when you notice a restriction in the
ATF flow.
• Check the level and condition of the fluid in the tank
before each use.
• Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty.
CLOSED ０５
FILLER CAP
9. With the air purge valve open, flip the MOTOR

toggle switch to OFF; the green indicator goes off.
Leave the air purge valve open for at least
15 seconds to purge the lines and hoses of residual
ATF, then close the valve.
HEATER
10. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF
cooler. Now connect the red hose to the cooler inlet TANK
line. MAGNETIC NONBYPASS
SPIN-ON FILTER
14-240
07/05/09 16:38:55 61SJC020_140_0245
ATF Cooler Outlet Hose ATF Cooler Line and Hose Assembly
Replacement Replacement
1. Remove the ATF cooler outlet hose (A) from the 1. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (A) from the ATF
hose clamp (B), then disconnect the hose ends cooler line (B).
from the ATF cooler lines. ＊０１
０１ G
A B L O
D
G
E
C
F B
F
N 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
L H
A M
E
K
K
C
J J
D I
H
I
2. Disconnect the ATF cooler hose (C) from the ATF
2. Slide the ATF cooler outlet hose with the yellow cooler line (D).
paint end (C) over the ATF cooler line (D) on the
transmission until the hose end contacts with the 3. Loosen the bolt (E) securing the cooler line bracket,
bulge (E). and remove the bolt (F) securing the cooler line
bracket.
3. Secure the hose with the clip (F) at 6−8 mm
(0.2−0.3 in.) (G) from the hose end. 4. Remove the cooler hose clamp (G) from the clamp
bracket.
4. Slide the hose end (H) over the cooler line (I) on the
ATF cooler under the radiator until the hose end 5. Install a new ATF cooler line and hose assembly (H).
contacts the bend in the line.
6. Slide the hose end (I) over the cooler line on the
5. Secure the hose with the clip (J) at 2−4 mm ATF cooler under the radiator until the hose end
(0.1−0.2 in.) (K) from the hose end. contacts the bend in the line.
6. Install the hose in the clamp at the mark (L). 7. Secure the hose with the clip (J) at 2−4 mm
(0.1−0.2 in.) (K) from the hose end.
8. Slide the ATF cooler hose over the ATF cooler line
until the hose end contacts with the bulge (L).
9. Secure the hose with the clip (M) at 6−8 mm

(0.2−0.3 in.) (N) from the hose end.
10. Install the cooler hose clamp at the mark (O), then
install the clamp on the clamp bracket.
14-241
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ００ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１２ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:38:56 61SJC020_140_0246
ATF Cooler Replacement

1. Remove the front bulkhead cover (see page 20-171). 6. Slide the cooler hoses (A) over the ATF cooler lines
(B) until the hose ends (C) contact with the bulge
2. Remove the front bumper (see page 20-132). (D), and secure the hoses with the clips (E) at
6−8 mm (0.2−0.3 in.) (F) from the hose end.
3. Disconnect the ATF cooler hoses (A) from the ATF ０２
cooler lines.
０１
B
H
B G
C
F
D
C
6 x 1.0 mm E
1.0 N·m A
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
A 7. Make sure that the hose clamp (G) is installed at the
mark (H).
4. Remove the splash shield (B), and remove the ATF
cooler and cooler hoses assembly (C). 8. Install the splash shield on the bulkhead bracket.
5. Install a new ATF cooler and cooler hoses assembly. 9. Install the bumper (see page 20-132).
10. Install the bulkhead cover (see page 20-171).
14-242
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:57 61SJC020_140_0247
Shift Lever Removal

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
(see page 20-83). end holder (B).
０２
2. Remove the steering column covers (see page
17-24), and lower the steering column.
B
3. Shift the transmission into the R position.
4. Slide the lock tab (A) on the shift cable end holder
(B) toward the shift cable socket holder.
０１
D
C A
7. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a

quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be
in the opening (D) of the socket holder bracket (E).
A Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
damper (G).
B ０３
5. Grasp the shift cable lock (C) in the middle with

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it D
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end
holder. Do not pry the shift cable lock with a
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end
holder. F
E G
(cont’d)
14-243
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:58 61SJC020_140_0248
Shift Lever Removal (cont’d)

8. Disconnect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park
pin switch connector (A).
０４
C
9. Remove the connector clamp and the harness

clamp (B) from the bracket (C) on the steering
column.
10. Disconnect the 7P connector (D) from the

immobilizer control unit-receiver.
11. Cover the area around the opening in the

dashboard with tape to prevent damage to the
dashboard.
12. Remove the shift lever mounting bolts, and remove

the shift lever assembly.
14-244
07/05/09 16:38:59 61SJC020_140_0249
Shift Lever Installation

1. Install the shift lever assembly (A) on the steering 5. If necessary, push the shift cable (A) until it stops,
column. then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so
０１ that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift
E
cable guide (B) and the damper (C) to adjust the
shift cable.
０３
C
D
B
B
A
7. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm

8 x 1.25 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
2. Connect the 7P connector (B) to the immobilizer the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured
control unit-receiver. in R.
０４
3. Connect the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin C
switch connector (C), and install the harness clamp
(D) and connector clamp on the bracket (E).
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that

the R position indicator comes on.
０２
B
A
(cont’d)
14-245
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:38:59 61SJC020_140_0250
Shift Lever Installation (cont’d)

8. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to 10. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops
the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then to lock the joint (C).
slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a ０７
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the A
projection (H) to secure the shift cable. Do not
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable C
guide (I) and the damper (J).
０５ B
A
11. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed
H to hold the shift lever.
E J
G
B 12. Move the shift lever to each position, and check
that the A/T gear position indicator follows the
transmission range switch.
9. Install the shift cable end (A) in the shift cable end
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder 13. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).
free of grease.
０６ 14. Install the driver’s dashboard lower cover
(see page 20-83).
14-246
07/05/09 16:39:00 61SJC020_140_0251
Shift Lever Disassembly/Reassembly

Apply silicon grease to movable joints.
＊０１
D3 SWITCH/
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
PARK PIN SWITCH
CONNECTOR SHIFT LEVER
HARNESS KNOB RING
CLAMP
CONNECTOR
CLAMP
HARNESS
CLAMP
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
PLUNGER SPRING D3 SWITCH

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PLUNGER
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE PIN
RELEASE PIN SPRING D3 SWITCH
HARNESS
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE
SHIFT LEVER KNOB
PARK PIN SWITCH
SCREW
3 N·m SHIFT LEVER
(0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft) LINK BUSHING
Apply non-hardening
thread lock sealant.
SHIFT LEVER LINK

SHIFT LOCK STOP/
STOP CUSHION WASHER
ASSEMBLY
SHIFT LEVER SHIFT LEVER
POSITION GUIDE BRACKET
SELF-LOCKING NUTS HARNESS
6 x 1.0 mm CLAMP
9.8 N·m SELF-LOCKING NUTS
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) 6 x 1.0 mm
Replace. 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace.
14-247
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８２ＭＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:02 61SJC020_140_0252
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),
and shift lock release (C).
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever ０３
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the B
harness clamps. A
3. Pry up the lock covers (A) of the D3 switch/shift lock

solenoid/park pin switch connector (B).
C
０１
7. Remove the shift lock the solenoid (A), the solenoid

D plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
up the solenoid lock (D).
０４
A D
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by A

pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a
thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals,
and replace the connector.
5. Remove the self-locking nut (A) securing the shift

lever link (B) and washer (C), and remove the shift
lever link. Do not drop and lose the shift lever link
bushing (D). A
０２
C
A
6 x 1.0 mm 8. Remove the shift lock the stop and the stop cushion
C 9.8 N·m assembly (E).
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
B
D
14-248
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８４ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:03 61SJC020_140_0253
9. Remove the park pin switch (A). 11. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
０５０７
3 N·m
(0.3 kgf·m,
2 lbf·ft)
A
10. Remove the self-locking nuts, and remove the shift

lever position guide (A) from the shift lever bracket.
０６
12. Unlatch the D3 switch harness clamp on the shift
lever bracket, pry out the D3 switch (B), and pull it
A from the knob.
13. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying

the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver.
０８
6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
Replace.
(cont’d)
14-249
07/05/09 16:39:04 61SJC020_140_0254
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

14. Pull the D3 switch harness wires gently from shift 22. Pull the wire from the shift lever end, and pull the
lever bracket side, and remove the harness wires D3 switch harness terminals out of the shift lever
and tube. Remove the D3 switch harness clamp (A). end.
０９１１
23. Remove the wire and tape.

15. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
24. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the D3
16. Replace the shift lever bracket. switch. Either harness terminal can be installed in
either cavity.
17. Install the shift lever knob on a new shift lever. １２
18. Apply silicone grease to the opening detent of the

shift lever position guide, and install the shift lever
position guide with new self-locking nuts on the
shift lever bracket.
19. Shift the shift lever into P.
20. Insert a wire into the shift lever end, pass it through
the shift lever, then pull the wire out.
21. Wrap the D3 switch terminals with tape, and tie a

string around the switch terminals.
１０
14-250
07/05/09 16:39:05 61SJC020_140_0255
25. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B). 34. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever link bushing,
１３ and install the bushing in the shift lever link.
35. Install the shift lever link with installing the shift
lever pin into the shift lever link bushing.
36. Apply silicone grease to seating area of the washer

on the shift lever link, and install the washer and
C the new self-locking nut.
A 37. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity.
B １４
D
26. Install the shift lever knob ring (C).

B
27. Insert the D3 switch harness wires (connector side) C A
through the shift lever into the hole behind the shift
lock solenoid.
28. Install the park pin switch by aligning the tab with
the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to E
the screw, then secure the park pin switch with the
screw.
29. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever Terminal side of male terminals
bracket, and install the shift lock stop over the pin.
38. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in
30. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and the the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either D3 switch
plunger spring in the shift lock solenoid. harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and
No. 4 cavities.
31. Apply silicone grease to the tip of the shift lock stop,
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the 39. Install the park pin switch harness terminals (BLK)
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip (D) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin
of the shift lock stop. switch harness terminal can be installed in the
No. 1 and No. 2 cavities.
32. Apply silicone grease to the shift lock release pin
and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring, 40. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
and pin. install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
33. Apply silicone grease to the sliding areas between

the shift lever link and the shift lever bracket.
(cont’d)
14-251
07/05/09 16:39:05 61SJC020_140_0256
Shift Lever Bracket Assembly Replacement (cont’d)

41. Install the D3 switch harness clamp (A), then install
the harness (B) in the clamp at the mark (C).
１５
42. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).

１６
B
D
C
E A B
43. Align the marks (C) on each harness, and tie the
harness together into bundle with a new harness
clamp (D) over the marks.
44. Tie the harness together into bundle with a new

harness clamp, then install the harness clamp (E)
on the shift lever bracket.
45. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-245).
14-252
07/05/09 16:39:06 61SJC020_140_0257
Shift Lever Knob Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 7. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying
the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver.
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever ０３
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the
harness clamps.

０１
A 8. Pull the D3 switch harness wires (A) from shift lever

bracket side, and remove the harness wires. Leave
the harness tube (B) and remove only the wires.
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by ０４
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a
5. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
０２
B
B

from the knob.
(cont’d)
14-253
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８７ＫＢＡＴ７７
07/05/09 16:39:06 61SJC020_140_0258
Shift Lever Knob Replacement (cont’d)

9. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever. 12. Pull the old tube out of the shift lever knob side to
０５ install the D3 switch harness wires.
０７
10. Install a new shift lever knob on the shift lever.

13. Remove the old harness tube from the D3 switch
11. Insert the new D3 switch harness wires (A) in the harness terminals.
original harness tube (B), then tie a string (C)
around the tube to secure the terminals in the tube. 14. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the new
０６ D3 switch. Either harness terminal can be installed
in either cavity.
０８
B
A C
14-254
07/05/09 16:39:08 61SJC020_140_0259
15. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B). 20. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
０９ install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
21. Install the D3 switch harness (A) in the harness

clamp (B) at the mark (C).
１１
C
A
A C
B
B
16. Install the new shift lever knob ring (C).
17. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock 22. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness １２
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity. B
１０
D
B
C A
D
C
E A B
E clamp (D) over the marks.

Terminal side of male terminals on the shift lever bracket.
18. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in 25. Install the shift lever assembly (see page 14-245).
the No. 3 and No. 4 cavities. Either D3 switch
harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and 26. Check that the D3 switch operates.
No. 4 cavities.
19. Install the park pin switch harness terminals (BLK)

(D) in the No. 1 and No. 2 cavities. Either park pin
switch harness terminal can be installed in the
14-255
07/05/09 16:39:09 61SJC020_140_0260
Shift Lever Link Replacement

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) a
(see page 20-83). quarter turn; the tab (C) on the socket holder will be
2. Shift the transmission into the R position. Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
3. Slide the lock tab (A) on the shift cable end holder shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
(B) toward the shift cable socket holder. damper (G).
０１０３
D
C
D
C
A
A
E G
B
B

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it 7. Remove the self-locking nut (A) securing the shift
from the shift cable end and shift cable end holder. lever link (B) and washer (C), and remove the shift
Do not pry the shift cable lock with a screwdriver, it lever link. Do not drop and lose the shift lever link
may damage the shift cable end holder. bushing (D).
０４
5. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
end holder (B).
０２
A
6 x 1.0 mm
C 9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m,
7.2 lbf·ft)
B
D
8. Apply silicone grease to the sliding areas between

the shift lever link and shift lever bracket.
14-256
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２７９ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:09 61SJC020_140_0261
9. Apply silicone grease to the shift lever link bushing, 13. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to
and install the bushing in the new shift lever link. place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align
10. Install a new shift lever link with installing the shift the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then
lever pin into the shift lever link bushing. slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the
11. Apply silicone grease to seating area of the washer projection (H) to secure the shift cable. Do not
on the shift lever link, and install the washer and install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable
the new self-locking nut. guide (I) and damper (J).
０６
12. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm
(0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured D
in R.
０５
C I
H
E J
G
B
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder
free of grease.
B
０７
A
(cont’d)
14-257
07/05/09 16:39:10 61SJC020_140_0262
Shift Lever Link Replacement (cont’d)

15. Install a new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the
lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops
to lock the joint (C).
０８
A
to hold the shift lever.
17. Move the shift lever to each position, and verify

18. Install the driver’s dashboard lower cover

(see page 20-83).
14-258
07/05/09 16:39:11 61SJC020_140_0263
Shift Lever Position Guide Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 5. Remove the park pin switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),
and the shift lock release (C).
０１
B
A
3 N·m
(0.3 kgf·m,
2 lbf·ft)
A
6. Remove the self-locking nuts, and remove the shift

lever position guide (A) from the shift lever bracket.
3. Remove the shift lock solenoid (A), the solenoid ０４
plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
up the solenoid lock (D).
０２ A
D
A 6 x 1.0 mm
9.8 N·m
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
C Replace.
B 7. Apply silicone grease to the opening detent of the

shift lever position guide, and install the new shift
E lever position guide with new self-locking nuts on
the shift lever bracket.
4. Remove the shift lock stop and the stop cushion

assembly (E).
(cont’d)
14-259
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２７８ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:39:11 61SJC020_140_0264
Shift Lever Position Guide Replacement (cont’d)

8. Install the park pin switch by aligning the tab with
the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to
screw.
9. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever

10. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and the

plunger spring in the shift lock solenoid.
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop.

and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
and pin.
14-260
07/05/09 16:39:12 61SJC020_140_0265
Shift Cable Replacement

1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and make sure it is 7. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
supported securely (see page 1-10). end holder (B).
０２
2. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover
(see page 20-83).
B
4. Shift the transmission into the R position.
０１ A
D
C
Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
from the socket holder bracket.
０３
A
D
B

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end C
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end A
holder.
E
B

equipped).


(cont’d)
14-261
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:12 61SJC020_140_0266
Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

12. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air 17. Remove the shift cable grommet (B), and pull out
duct, the resonator, and the air cleaner housing. the shift cable.
13. Remove the battery base and the battery base 18. Insert a new shift cable through the grommet hole,
bracket. and install the grommet in its hole. Do not bend the
shift cable excessively.
(A). 19. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts.
０４
20. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
insert the control pin into the control lever hole
6 x 1.0 mm through the shift cable end, and secure the control
A
9.8 N·m pin with the spring clip/washer.
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft)
21. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts on the
transmission housing.
D
22. Verify that the transmission is in the R position at
the control lever on the transmission range switch.
B
E
15. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control


(A).
０５
B
6 x 1.0 mm A
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-262
07/05/09 16:39:13 61SJC020_140_0267
23. If necessary, push the shift cable (A) until it stops, 25. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to
then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the
that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align
cable guide (B) and the damper (C) to adjust the the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then
shift cable. slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a
０７ quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable
０９
C
D
B
I
A C
F
24. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm A
(0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on H
E J
the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured G
in the R position. B
０８
C
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder
free of grease.
１０
A
B
A
(cont’d)
14-263
07/05/09 16:39:14 61SJC020_140_0268
Shift Cable Replacement (cont’d)

27. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift 38. Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system and
cable end and shift cable end holder, then slide the the navigation system (if equipped). Set the clock
lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it stops (on vehicles without navigation).
to lock the joint (C).
１１ 39. Do the power window control unit reset procedure
A (see page 22-209).
to hold the shift lever.

32. Move the shift lever to each position, and check

33. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and allow all the wheels
to rotate freely.
34. Start the engine, and check the shift lever operation
in all gears.
35. Push the shift lock release, and verify that the shift
lever releases.
36. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).

(see page 20-83).
14-264
07/05/09 16:39:15 61SJC020_140_0269
Shift Cable Adjustment

1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover 6. Separate the shift cable end (A) from the shift cable
(see page 20-83). end holder (B).
０２
B
3. Shift the transmission into R.
０１
D
C A

Then slide the holder to remove the shift cable
A from the socket holder bracket. Do not remove the
shift cable by twisting the shift cable guide (F) and
the damper (G).
B ０３

angle-jaw needle-nose pliers (D), and remove it D
from the shift cable end and the shift cable end
screwdriver, it may damage the shift cable end
holder. F
E G
(cont’d)
14-265
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１４１２２８１ＭＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:39:16 61SJC020_140_0270
Shift Cable Adjustment (cont’d)

8. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it. 11. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm
Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift (0.24 in.) pin (A) through the positioning hole (B) on
position is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B) the shift lever link, and into the positioning hole on
and the damper (C) to adjust the shift cable. the shift lever bracket. The shift lever (C) is secured
０４ in R.
０６
C
9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that

the R position indicator comes on.
０５
B
A
14-266
07/05/09 16:39:57 61SJC020_140_0271
12. Rotate the socket holder (A) on the shift cable (B) to 14. Install the new shift cable lock (A) to secure the shift
place the tab (C) on the holder opposite to the cable end and the shift cable end holder, then slide
opening (D) in the socket holder bracket (E). Align the lock tab (B) toward the shift lever link until it
the holder with the opening (F) in the bracket, then stops to lock the joint (C).
slide the holder into the bracket. Rotate the holder a ０９
quarter turn until the holder lock (G) stops at the A
install the shift cable by twisting the shift cable C
０７ B
A
H to hold the shift lever.
E J
G
B 16. Move the shift lever to each position, and check
holder (B). Keep the shift cable end and end holder 17. Raise the vehicle on a lift, and allow all the wheels
free of grease. to rotate freely.
０８
18. Start the engine, and check the shift lever operation
in all gears.
B
19. Install the steering column covers (see page 17-26).

(see page 20-83).
14-267
07/05/09 16:39:59 61SJC020_140_0272

＊０１
A/T TEMP INDICATOR
Gauges
Self-diagnostic function,
page 22-244 A/T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
D3 INDICATOR
Gauges Self-diagnostic function,
page 22-244
D3 SWITCH
DATA LINK Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-270
CONNECTOR (DLC) Test/Replacement, page 14-276
＊０２
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH

Test, page 14-272
14-268
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0273
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
IGNITION SWITCH UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY
No.22 (120 A) No.23 (50 A) BAT IG1 A6 No.21 (7.5 A)
G1 N44 A20
YEL
No.19 (15 A) DIMMING
X38
CANCEL
IG1 HOT in ON (II) No.18 (15 A) CIRCUIT
and START (III) D1
BLK/GRN
P
R
N SHIFT
BLK/YEL BLK/GRN POSITION
D INDICATOR
DRIVER
POWERTRAIN To 12 V 2
CONTROL 1
MODULE (PCM) VB SOL B2
BLK/YEL
To 5 V D3
WARNING
D3 INDICATOR
SWITCH IG1 B37 A/T
BLK/YEL DRIVER
4 A13 D3 SW TEMP
CPU
WHT GRN GRN
CAN H A36 B8
WHT WHT
F−CAN
3 CAN L A1 B1 TRANSCEIVER
RED RED
WHT BLK
C6
BLU/BLK
C4
WHT
G401 C5 TRANSMISSION
RED/BLK
C7 RANGE SWITCH
YEL/GRN I/F CIRCUIT
C9
BLU
C8
BRN
A31 SCS C10

BRN BLK
DATA LINK A10
CONNECTOR BLK
(DLC) A43 K−LINE
LT BLU
G401
G402
BRN STARTER
BLU CUT
YEL/GRN RELAY
RED/BLK BLU/WHT
WHT
ATP FWD C17

BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
ATP 2 C33
BLU
B43 LG2 ATP D C32
BRN/YEL YEL/GRN
ATP N C31
RED/BLK
ATP R C30
C40 LG1 WHT
BRN/YEL ATP P A12
BLU/BLK BLK
B36 PG1 BLU/BLK BLU/WHT

BLK
4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5 G101
G102
B1 PG2 FWD ST E
BLK N D
R 2
P 1
G101
G102
PCM Connector Harness Terminal Locations TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-269
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0274
D3 Switch Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).
2. Remove the shift lever, and disconnect the D3 5. Shift to D.

switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector
(see page 14-243). 6. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminal No. 4
3. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock and body ground.
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 3 ０２
and No. 4 while pressing the D3 switch and when D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
the switch is released. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
０１
D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
D3 SW (GRN)
GND D3 SW
Terminal side of male terminals Is there battery voltage?
YES−Repair an open in the wire between D3

Is there continuity while pressing the D3 switch, switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector
and no continuity when the switch is released? terminal No. 3 and ground (G401), or repair poor
ground (G401).
YES−Go to step 4.
NO−Go to step 7.
NO−Replace the D3 switch (see page 14-276).
14-270
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２４２ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:00 61SJC020_140_0275
7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock
8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. and PCM connector terminal A13.
０４
9. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). PCM CONNECTOR A (44P) D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID/PARK PIN
10. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock SWITCH CONNECTOR
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminal No. 4 D3 SW (GRN)
and body ground.
０３
D3 SW (GRN)

D3 SW (GRN)
YES−Check for loose terminal fit in the PCM

Wire side of female terminals connectors. If necessary, substitute a known-good
PCM (see page 14-9) and recheck.
Is there continuity? NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM

connector terminal A13 and the D3 switch/shift lock
YES−Repair a short in the wire between PCM solenoid/park pin switch connector.
connector terminal A13 and the D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector.
NO−Go to step 11.
14-271
07/05/09 16:40:01 61SJC020_140_0276
Transmission Range Switch Test

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 7. Check for continuity between terminals at the
audio system and the navigation system (if switch connector. There should be continuity
equipped). between the terminals in the following table for
each switch position.
then disconnect the positive cable. Transmission Range Switch Connector
０２
3. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and Connector Terminal/Signal
Position
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4. Remove the intake manifold cover, the intake air ATP ATP
1 D R P GND - 2 N FWD NP
P
5. Remove the battery base. R
6. Disconnect the transmission range switch N

connector.
D
０１
2
8. The transmission range switch test is finished if the

test results are OK.
If there is no continuity between any terminals,
check the transmission range switch installation. If
the switch installation is OK, replace the switch
(see page 14-273).
14-272
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７５９８１１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:01 61SJC020_140_0277
Transmission Range Switch Replacement

1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the 9. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (A) on the
audio system and the navigation system (if control lever (B), and remove the nut (C), the lock
equipped). washer, the spring washer (D), and the control
lever.
2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, ０２
G
3. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and E
remove the battery and the battery tray. H
B

bracket.
6. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket F

(A).
０１
D
A
C
6 x 1.0 mm A
9.8 N·m 10. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (E) on the
(1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 lbf·ft) transmission range switch (F), hold the selector
control shaft (G) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen
the locknut (H).
D
11. Remove the locknut and lock washer, then remove
the transmission range switch (two bolts).
12. Set the new transmission range switch (A) to the N

position. The transmission range switch clicks in
B
E the N position, and the control shaft hole (B) aligns
with the N position line (C).
C ０３
7. Remove the spring clip/washer (B) and the control C

8. Disconnect the transmission range switch

connector.
(cont’d)
14-273
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０７５９８１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:02 61SJC020_140_0278
Transmission Range Switch Replacement (cont’d)

13. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the control shaft fully 15. Install the new lock washer (A) over the selector
counterclockwise (view from shaft end) to P. Turn control shaft (B) while aligning the projection (C) of
the control shaft back two click-stopped position so the lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on
that the shift position is in N. the transmission range switch (E), and install the
＊０１ locknut (F).
０６
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
F
14. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m,
over the selector control shaft (B), and install the 8.7 lbf·ft)
D
bolts loosely.
０５
C
A B
16. Push the locknut against the transmission housing

to seat the transmission range switch into the
control shaft, and tighten the locknut to 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) while holding the control shaft
with a 6.0 mm wrench, then bend the lock tabs
against the locknut.
０７
17. Tighten the bolts to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)

securing the transmission range switch.
14-274
07/05/09 16:40:02 61SJC020_140_0279
18. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B), 28. Check that the back-up lights come on when the
the lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the shift lever is in the R position.
selector control shaft (E).
０８ 29. Raise the vehicle on a lift, allow all four wheels to
rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the
shift lever operation.

(see page 22-209).
A
D B
12 N·m C
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
19. Tighten the locknut to the specified torque, then

bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the
locknut.
20. Attach the shift cable end to the control lever, then
insert the control pin into the control lever hole
through the shift cable end, and secure the control
pin with the spring clip/washer.
21. Secure the shift cable bracket.

repair if necessary, then connect the connector
securely.

26. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift

lever through all positions, and check the
transmission range switch synchronization with the
A/T gear position indicator.
27. Check that the engine will start in the P and N

positions, and will not start in any other shift lever
position.
14-275
07/05/09 16:40:03 61SJC020_140_0280
D3 Switch Test/Replacement
1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Pry up the lock covers (A) of the D3 switch/shift lock
2. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock ０２
solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 3
and No. 4 while pressing the D3 switch and when
A
the switch is released.
０１
B
C
GND D3 SW
A
D
Terminal side of male terminals
7. Remove the terminal (C) from the connector by
pushing the lock tab up in the connector using a
3. There should be continuity while pressing the D3 thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals,
switch, and there should be no continuity when the and replace the connector.
D3 switch is released.
8. Pry off the shift lever knob ring (A), and remove it.
4. If the D3 switch tests OK, install the shift lever ０３
assembly (see page 14-245).
If the switch is faulty, go to step 5, and replace the
D3 switch.
5. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever

harness clamps. A

from the knob.
14-276
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６１２２４１ＦＨＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:03 61SJC020_140_0281
10. Remove the D3 switch harness terminals by prying 12. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
the lock tabs up with a thin blade screwdriver. ０６
０４
13. Install a new shift lever knob on the shift lever.
14. Insert the new D3 switch harness wires (A) in the

original harness tube (B), then tie a string (C)
around the tube to secure the terminals in the tube.
11. Pull the D3 switch harness wires (A) from shift lever ０７
bracket side, and remove the harness wires. Leave
the harness tube (B) and remove only the wires.
０５
C B
A
(cont’d)
14-277
07/05/09 16:40:04 61SJC020_140_0282
D3 Switch Test/Replacement (cont’d)

15. Pull the old tube out of the shift lever knob side to 18. Install the D3 switch (A) in the shift lever knob (B).
install the D3 switch harness wires. １０
０８
16. Remove the old harness tube from the D3 switch

harness terminals.
17. Install the D3 switch harness terminals in the new 19. Install the new shift lever knob ring (C).
D3 switch. Either harness terminal can be installed
in either cavity. 20. Install the RED harness terminal (A) of the shift lock
０９ solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness
terminal (B) in the No. 6 cavity.
１１
D
B
C A
21. Install the D3 switch harness terminals (WHT) (C) in

harness terminal can be installed in the No. 3 and
No. 4 cavities.

14-278
07/05/09 16:40:04 61SJC020_140_0283
23. Make sure that all six terminals lock securely, then
install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
24. Install the D3 switch harness (A) in the harness

clamp (B) at the mark (C).
１２
25. Route the harnesses (A) through the guides (B).

１３
B
E D
C
A B
clamp (D) over the marks.

on the shift lever bracket.
29. Check that the D3 switch operates.
14-279
07/05/09 16:40:06 61SJC020_140_0284
A/T Interlock System
＊０１
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
Shift Lock System Circuit
Troubleshooting, page 14-282
Test, page 14-286
PARK PIN SWITCH

Key Interlock System Circuit
Test, page 14-289
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY DATA LINK

KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
Key Interlock System Circuit (DLC)
Test, page 14-286
14-280
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４０００００ＤＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:07 61SJC020_140_0285
Circuit Diagram
＊０１
*1 : ’06 model
No.13 (20 A) *2 : ’07-08 models
D9
UNDER−DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
IGNITION SWITCH
No.21 (7.5 A) *2
BATTERY IG1 A6 N44
No.22 (120 A) No.23 (50 A)
G1 BAT A5 No.19 (15 A)
X38
ACC No.18 (15 A)
IG1 HOT in ON (II) D1
BLK/GRN RED
and START (III) *1
YEL/RED ACC HOT in No.32 (7.5 A)
N36
ACC (I) and ON (II) YEL/RED YEL/RED
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID BLK/YEL BLK/GRN
5 YEL/RED*1
RED
YEL*2
BRAKE
POWERTRAIN PEDAL
CONTROL POSITION
6 A2 SLS MODULE (PCM)
BLK YEL/BLK YEL/BLK SWITCH
To 12 V
PARK PIN
SWITCH VB SOL B2
BLK/YEL
1
BLK BLK
IG1 B37
BLK/YEL WHT/BLK
To 5 V
2
BLK YEL/BLU
G401 SCS A31
BRN
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
K−LINE A43 (DLC)
5 A24 VCC3 LT BLU
GRN
4 A17 APSA
ORN
6 A34 SG3
ACCELERATOR BLK
PEDAL BK SW A8
POSITION WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
SENSOR 1 A25 VCC4
WHT
3 A18 APSB
YEL
2 A35 SG4 ATP FWD C17
RED BLU/YEL
ATP 1 C34
BRN
B43 LG2 ATP 2 C33
BRN/YEL BLU
ATP D C32 STARTER
YEL/GRN CUT
ATP N C31 RELAY
C40 LG1 RED/BLK
BRN/YEL ATP R C30
WHT
ATP P A12
B36 PG1
BLK
BLU/BLK BLU/BLK BLU/WHT BLK G101
B1 PG2 G102
BLK 4 3 8 2 7 1 9 10 5
FWD ST E
N D
R 2
G101 P 1
G102 P2 MULTIPLEX
P−PIN SW INTEGRATED
CONTROL
UNIT (MICU)
4
YEL/RED
KEY P16
INTERLOCK ATP P TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
SOLENOID 3 P15
WHT/GRN KEY SOL
1 P13 N13
RED/WHT IG KEY SW BK SW WHT/BLK
IGNITION
KEY
SWITCH
2
BLK
G401
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 20 21 22 23 24 25 20 23 24 25
28 29 31 33 34 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34
36 37 38 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
A (44P) B (44P) C (44P)

14-281
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４０００００ＥＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0286
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting

1. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 9. Shift the shift lever into P, and press the brake
pedal. Do not press the accelerator.
2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the
Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift 10. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock
lock solenoid operates with the HDS. solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 5
and No. 6 while pressing the brake pedal.
Does the shif t lock solenoid work properly? ０２
YES−Go to step 16. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
NO−Go to step 3.

ACC (YEL/RED)*1 SLS (YEL/BLK)
4. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover IG1 (YEL)*2
(see page 20-83).

17-24), and lower the steering column. Wire side of female terminals

pin switch connector. Is there battery voltage?
7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). YES−Go to step 11.
8. Measure the voltage between D3 switch/shift lock NO−Go to step 12.

and body ground. 1: ’06 model
０１ 2: ’07-08 models
ACC (YEL/RED)*1
IG1 (YEL)*2
YES−Go to step 9.
NO−Check for a blown No. 32 (7.5 A) 1 No. 21

(7.5 A) 2 fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If
the fuse is OK, repair an open or a short in the wire
between the D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin
switch connector and the under-dash fuse/relay
box.
1: ’06 model
2: ’07-08 models
14-282
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５２０１ＦＡＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0287
11. Release the brake pedal, and measure the voltage 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).
between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park pin
switch connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6. The 13. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.
shift lever must be in P.
０３ 14. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR 15. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal A2 and D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/park
pin switch connector terminal No. 6.
０４
D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK PCM CONNECTOR A (44P)
ACC (YEL/RED)*1 SLS (YEL/BLK) SOLENOID/PARK PIN
IG1 (YEL)*2 SWITCH CONNECTOR
SLS (YEL/BLK)
SLS (YEL/BLK)
YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between female terminals female terminals
PCM connector terminal A2 and the D3 switch/shift
lock solenoid/park pin switch connector.
NO−Check the shift lock mechanism. If the
mechanism is OK, replace the shift lock solenoid YES−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page
(see page 14-287). 14-9) and recheck.
1: ’06 model NO−Repair an open in the wire between PCM

2: ’07-08 models connector terminal A2 and the D3 switch/shift lock
solenoid/park pin switch connector.
(cont’d)
14-283
07/05/09 16:40:08 61SJC020_140_0288
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont’d)

16. Press the brake pedal. 21. Check for continuity between PCM connector
terminal A8 and body ground.
Are the brake lights ON? ＊０２
YES−Go to step 17. BK SW (WHT/BLK)
NO−Repair faulty brake light circuit.
19. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P).
20. Measure the voltage between PCM connector

terminal A8 and body ground while pressing the Terminal side of female terminals
brake pedal and when the brake pedal is released.
＊０１ Is there continuity?
BK SW (WHT/BLK) YES−Repair a short to ground in the wire between

PCM connector terminal A8 and the brake pedal
position switch.

connector terminal A8 and the brake pedal position
switch.
22. Connect PCM connector A (44P).
23. Connect the HDS to the DLC.

24. Start the engine.
Is there battery voltage while the brake pedal is
pressed, and no voltage when the pedal is 25. Check the engine speed and the accelerator pedal
released? position in the DATA LIST with the HDS.
YES−Go to step 22. Is the engine speed at a normal idle, APSA about
0.5 V , and APSB about 0.25 V ?
NO−Go to step 21.
NO−Substitute a known-good PCM (see page 14-9)

and recheck.
26. Check the throttle cable adjustment (see page

11-317).
Is the throttle cable adjusted properly?
YES−Check the throttle body (see page 11-314).
NO−Adjust the throttle cable (see page 11-317).
14-284
07/05/09 16:40:09 61SJC020_140_0289
Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 8. Check for continuity between D3 switch/shift lock
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the solenoid/park pin switch connector terminals No. 1
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before and No. 2 while the shift lever is in the P position,
doing repairs or service. and when the shift lever is out of the P position.
０２
1. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). The shift lever D3 SWITCH/SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID/
must be in the P position. PARK PIN SWITCH CONNECTOR
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.
3. Check if the ignition switch can be turned to the P-PIN SW

GND (YEL/BLU)
LOCK (0) position.
Can the ignition switch be turned the LOCK ( 0)

position?
YES−Go to step 4. Terminal side of male terminals
NO−Replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock

assembly (see page 17-28). Is there continuity when the shif t lever is in any
position other than P, and no continuity when the
4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or ON (II), and shif t lever is in P?
shift to N.
YES−Check for an open in the wire between the
5. Measure the voltage between steering lock multiplex integrated control unit and the D3 switch/
assembly connector terminal No. 4 and body shift lock solenoid/park pin switch connector. If the
ground. wire is OK, substitute a known-good multiplex
＊０１ integrated control unit, then recheck.
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR
NO−Replace the park pin switch (see page 14-290).
ACC (YEL/RED)
YES−Go to step 6.
NO−Check for a blown No. 32 (7.5 A) fuse in the

under-dash fuse/relay box. If the fuse is OK, repair
an open in the wire between the under-dash fuse/
relay box and the steering lock assembly
connector.
6. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and shift to P.
7. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243).
14-285
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４３６０２１ＦＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:09 61SJC020_140_0290
Key Interlock Solenoid Test Shift Lock Solenoid Test

SRS components are located in this area. Review the 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A).
SRS component locations (see page 24-14) and the ０１
precautions and procedures (see page 24-16) before
doing repairs or service.
1. Remove the driver’s dashboard lower cover

(see page 20-83).
2. Disconnect the steering lock assembly connector.
3. Insert the ignition key in the key cylinder, then turn

the ignition key to ACC (I).
4. Connect the battery positive terminal to steering

lock assembly connector terminal No. 4, and A
connect the battery negative terminal to steering
lock assembly connector terminal No. 3 using 2. Select Shift Lock Solenoid Test in the
jumper wires. Make sure that the ignition key Miscellaneous Test Menu, and check that the shift
cannot be turned to LOCK (0) position. Release the lock solenoid operates with the HDS.
battery terminals, and make sure that the key can
be turned to LOCK (0) position and removed from 3. Check that the shift lever can be moved out of P
the cylinder. with Shift Lock Solenoid: ON. Move the shift lever
＊０１ back in the P position, and make sure it locks with
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR Shift Lock Solenoid: OFF.
4. Check that the shift lock releases when the shift

lock release is pushed, and check that it locks when
the shift lock release is released.
5. If the shift lock solenoid works improperly, do the

shift lock system troubleshooting (see page 14-282).
5. If the key interlock solenoid works improperly,

replace the ignition key cylinder/steering lock
assembly (see page 17-28).
14-286
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４３６００１ＦＥＡＴ１０ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５１０１ＦＥＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0291
Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the shift lock solenoid (A), the solenoid
plunger (B), and the plunger spring (C) while prying
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever up the solenoid lock (D).
bracket, and remove the harnesses from the D
０３
harness clamps.

０１
A
A
C
A
A E
D
7. If replacing the shift lock stop or the shift lock stop
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by cushion, remove the shift lock stop and the shift
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a lock stop cushion assembly (E), and replace them
thin blade screwdriver (D). Remove all six terminals, as a set.
NOTE: The new shift lock stop comes with the new
5. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B), shift lock stop cushion.
０２ 8. Replace the shift lock solenoid.
C
B
9. Apply silicone grease to the pin on the shift lever
A
10. Install the shift lock solenoid plunger and plunger

spring in the shift lock solenoid.
and install the shift lock solenoid by aligning the
joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip
of the shift lock stop.

and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
and pin.
(cont’d)
14-287
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４５５１０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0292
Shift Lock Solenoid/Shift Lock Stop/Shift Lock Stop Cushion Replacement

(cont’d)
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness ０５
０４
D
B
C A E D
C
A B
harness together into bundle with new harness
19. Tie the harness together into bundle with new

No. 4 cavities.

install the lock covers (E) securely in place.
14-288
07/05/09 16:40:10 61SJC020_140_0293
Park Pin Switch Test

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243).

pin switch connector.
０１
P-PIN SW
GND (YEL/BLU)
3. Move the shift lever into P, then check for

continuity between D3 switch/shift lock solenoid/
park pin switch connector terminals No. 1 and
No. 2. There should be no continuity.
4. Move the shift lever out of P, and check for

continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2.
There should be continuity.
5. If the park pin switch is faulty, replace it (see page

14-290).
14-289
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４４５４０１ＦＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_140_0294
Park Pin Switch Replacement

1. Remove the shift lever assembly (see page 14-243). 6. Remove the park pin switch (A).
０３
2. Remove the harness clamps from the shift lever
harness clamps.

０１
B
A
3 N·m
C (0.3 kgf·m, 2 lbf·ft)
7. Install a new park pin switch by aligning the tab

with the positioning hole on the shift lever position
guide. Apply non-hardening thread lock sealant to
A screw.
D
4. Remove the terminal from the connector by and spring, and install the shift lock release, spring,
pushing the lock tab (C) up in the connector using a and pin.
5. Remove the shift lock release pin (A), spring (B),

０２
C
B
A
14-290
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４３６４４５４０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:11 61SJC020_140_0295
solenoid in the No. 5 cavity, and the BLK harness ０５
０４
D
B
C A E D
C
A B

No. 4 cavities.

install the lock covers (E) in place securely.
14-291
07/05/09 16:40:12 61SJC020_140_0296
Transmission Disassembly
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100
1. Remove the ATF dipstick (A) and the dipstick tube (B).
０１
W W
Q
Y
X X C
Y
I
J
R Z
N
K
S L
D
AA
U
V
O
M
T P E
H G
2. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B (C) (six bolts), the ATF feed pipes (D) (three), the
O-rings (three), and the gasket.
3. Remove the solenoid valve cover (E) (seven bolts), the dowel pins (two), and the gasket.
4. Disconnect the solenoid valve connectors, then remove the solenoid harness connector (F).
5. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C (G) (four bolts), the ATF feed pipes (H) (three), the O-rings
(two), and the gasket.
14-292
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:13 61SJC020_140_0297
6. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (I) on the control 16. Cut the lock tab (A) of the mainshaft locknut (B)
lever (J), and remove the nut, the lock washer, the using a chisel (C).
spring washer, and the control lever.
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the
7. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (K) on the transmission.
transmission range switch (L), hold the selector ０３
control shaft (M) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen
C
the locknut (N).
8. Remove the locknut and the lock washer, then A

remove the transmission range switch (two bolts).
9. Remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed

sensor (O) and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
sensor (P).
10. Remove the ATF temperature sensor connector

from the connector bracket (Q) and the harness
clamp from clamp bracket, then remove the ATF B
temperature sensor (R).
17. Remove the locknut (A) from the mainshaft (B).
11. Remove the end cover (S) (three bolts), the snap ０４
ring cap (T) (two bolts), the sealing plug (U), and A
the washer (V).
C
12. Remove the line bolts (W), the ATF cooler lines (X),
and the sealing washers (Y). B
13. Remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (Z) and the sealing washer.
14. Remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (AA) and the sealing washer.
15. Slip the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft.

０２
18. Pry the lock washer (C), and remove it.
07GAB-PF50101 or
07GAB-PF50100
(cont’d)
14-293
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_140_0298
Transmission Disassembly (cont’d)

19. Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts (10 x 1.25 mm) (A) (23 bolts), the 12 x 1.25 mm bolt (B), the
transmission hanger (C), and the ground terminal bracket (D).
０５
A
Q
E
D
B
L R
S Y
V I U
N
M
P
W
F T
14-294
07/05/09 16:40:14 61SJC020_140_0299
20. While expanding the snap ring of the countershaft 27. Remove the park pawl stop (M), the park pawl (N),
with snap ring pliers, lift the transmission housing the pawl spring (O), and the pawl shaft (P).
(E).
＊０１ 28. Remove the mainshaft (Q), the countershaft (R), the
shift fork, and the secondary shaft (S) together, and
remove the needle bearing (T) from the torque
converter housing.
E ０８
R Q
K
21. Release the pliers, and remove the transmission

housing, the two dowel pins (F), and the gasket (G).
22. Remove the ATF feed pipes (H) (four) from the
accumulator body.
23. Remove the ATF feed pipes (I) (two) from the
torque converter housing.
24. Remove the mainshaft holder from the mainshaft.
25. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (J) on the shift
fork (K), then remove the bolt (L) and the lock
T
washer.
26. Unhook the detent spring from the detent spring 29. Remove the selector control shaft and the park
arm. lever link (U).
０７
30. Remove the baffle plate (V).
31. Remove the differential assembly (W).
32. Remove the transfer output shaft (X).
33. Remove the intermediary shaft (Y).
(cont’d)
14-295
07/05/09 16:40:15 61SJC020_140_0300
Transmission Disassembly (cont’d)

34. Remove the ATF strainer (A) (one bolt).
０９
A
K
AA
BB
L
D
M
C
N
B R
Q
P
U O
S
F
G T
I
J
W X
H
V
35. Remove the accumulator body (B) (11 bolts), the dowel pins (two), the detent spring arm (C), the arm shaft (D), and
the separator plate (E).
14-296
07/05/09 16:40:52 61SJC020_140_0301
36. Remove the ATF feed pipe (F) from the main valve 47. Clean the inlet opening (A) of the ATF strainer (B)
body. thoroughly with compressed air, then check that it
is good condition and that inlet opening is not
37. Remove the secondary valve body (G) (one bolt), clogged.
the dowel pins (two), and the separator plate (H). １０
Do not let the check balls (I) (three) and the choke
(J) fall out.
38. Remove the regulator valve body (K) (eight bolts),

the stator shaft (L), the stator shaft stop (M), the
dowel pins (two), and the separator plate (N).
39. Remove the main valve body (O) (8 mm: three bolts,
6 mm: seven bolts). Do not let the cooler check
valve (ball) (P), spring (Q), and the lubrication check
valve (R) fall out.
B
40. Remove the torque converter check valve (S) and A
the valve spring (T).
48. Test the ATF strainer by pouring clean ATF through
41. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft (U), then the inlet opening, and replace if it is clogged or
remove the ATF pump drive gear (V) and the driven damaged.
gear (W).
42. Remove the dowel pins (two) and the main

separator plate (X).
43. Remove the ATF passage pipe (Y).
44. Remove the ATF magnet (Z), clean it, then reinstall.
45. Remove the O-ring (AA) from the ATF strainer, and
replace the new O-ring when reassembling the
transmission.
46. Remove the O-ring (BB) from the stator shaft, and
replace the new O-ring when reassembling the
transmission.
14-297
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0302
Transmission Housing
Reverse Idler Gear Removal/ Reverse Idler Gear Disassembly/

Installation Inspection/Reassembly
1. Remove the reverse idler gear assembly (A) from 1. Remove the snap ring (A), then remove the thrust
the transmission housing. washer (B), reverse idler gear (C), needle bearings
０１ (D), and thrust washer (E) from the reverse idler
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m gear shaft/holder (F).
(2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft) ０１
A
A
B
2. Install the reverse idler gear assembly with the two 2. Inspect the reverse idler gear and gear shaft for
dowel pins (B) in the transmission housing. excessive wear and damage.
3. Inspect the needle bearings for galling and rough

movement.
4. Install the thrust washer and needle bearings over

the gear shaft.
5. Install the reverse idler gear in the direction shown.
6. Install the thrust washer, then install the snap ring

to secure the idler gear.
14-298
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１２２７１ＫＤＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１２２７１ＭＥＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0303
ATF Filter Removal/Inspection/Installation

1. Remove the three 6.0 mm bolts securing the ATF
filter cover (A) and the ATF pipe (B).
０１
F
6 x 1.0 mm E
12 N·m 6 x 1.0 mm
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) B 12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
2. Remove the ATF pipe from the ATF filter cover, and
remove the ATF filter (C) from the cover.
3. Clean the ATF filter, then check that it is in good

condition, and is not clogged. Replace the ATF filter
if it is clogged or damaged.
4. Install the ATF filter with the new O-ring (D) in the
filter cover, and install the ATF pipe in the cover,
then install them in the transmission housing.
5. Secure the ATF filter cover with the two bolts (E),
then secure the ATF pipe with the bolt (F).
14-299
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００１３０１５ＫＦＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:53 61SJC020_140_0304
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap
Removal Installation
1. Cover the tip of the 1st-hold clutch ATF feed pipe 1. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF feed pipe cap
with a shop rag. (B).
０１
B
2. Apply air pressure to the ATF feed pipe hole of the
1st-hold clutch pressure circuit, and remove the
ATF feed pipe cap from the transmission housing. A
０１
2. Install the ATF feed pipe cap in the transmission

housing. Do not pinch the O-ring.
14-300
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:54 61SJC020_140_0305
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap, Feed Pipe Replacement

1. Remove the ATF feed pipe cap from the
transmission housing (see page 14-300).
2. Remove the snap ring (A) from the feed pipe cap
(B), then remove the feed pipe guide (C), the
O-rings (D) (E), and the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe (F).
００
A
C
D
F
H
3. Replace the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe or the 1st-hold

clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe cap assembly.
The 1st-hold clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe
cap is not available separately.
4. Install the new O-ring (D) over the 1st clutch ATF
feed pipe, then install the feed pipe over the 1st-
hold clutch ATF feed pipe (G) while aligning the
feed pipe tabs (H) with the guide in the cap.
5. Install the new O-ring (E) in the cap and feed pipe
guide, then secure the guide with the snap ring.
14-301
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１３０１６ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:54 61SJC020_140_0306
Mainshaft Bearing Removal Mainshaft Bearing Installation

Special Tools Required Special Tools Required
• Driver 07749-0010000 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 • Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
1. To remove the mainshaft bearing, expand the snap 1. Install the bearing (A) in the direction shown.
ring with snap ring pliers, then push the bearing ０１
out. Do not remove the snap ring unless it’s 07749-0010000
necessary to clean the groove in the housing.
０１ A
07749-0010000
07NAD-PX40100
07NAD-PX40100
2. Expand the snap ring with snap ring pliers, and

insert the bearing part-way into the housing.
3. Release the pliers, then push the bearing down into

the housing until the snap ring snaps in place
around it.
4. After installing the bearing, check that the snap ring

(A) is seated in the bearing and housing groove,
and that the ring end gap (B) is 0−7 mm (0−0.28 in.).
０２
B
14-302
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５１１ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５１１ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:55 61SJC020_140_0307
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Park Lever Shaft Bearing


• Bearing remover shaft set, 20 mm 07936-3710600 • Bearing remover shaft, 10 mm 07936-GE00100
• Bearing remover shaft handle 07936-3710100 • Bearing remover head, 10 mm 07936-GE00200
• Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201 • Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201
• Driver 07749-0010000 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200 • Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the intermediary shaft bearing from the 1. Remove the park lever shaft bearing from the
transmission housing with the bearing remover transmission housing with the bearing remover
shaft set (20 mm), sliding hammer weight, and head (10 mm), bearing remover shaft (10 mm), and
bearing remover shaft handle. sliding hammer weight.
０１０１
07936-3710100
07741-0010201
07741-0010201
07936-GE00100
07936-GE00200
07936-3710600
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the 2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the
transmission housing with the driver and transmission housing with the driver and
attachment (37 x 40 mm). attachment (22 x 24 mm).
０２０２
07749-0010000
07749-0010000
07746-0010200
07746-0010800
14-303
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１４３ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００４５０１１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0308
Selector Control Shaft Bearing Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal


• Bearing remover shaft, 10 mm 07936-GE00100 • Driver 07749-0010000
• Bearing remover head, 10 mm 07936-GE00200 • Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
• Sliding hammer weight 07741-0010201
• Driver 07749-0010000 1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.
• Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800 ０１
1. Remove the control shaft bearing from the

transmission housing with the bearing remover
head (10 mm), bearing remover shaft (10 mm), and
sliding hammer weight.
０１
07741-0010201
07936-GE00100
2. Install the new oil seal in the transmission housing

07936-GE00200 with the driver and attachment (22 x 24 mm).
０２
07749-0010000
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the

transmission housing with the driver and
attachment (22 x 24 mm). 07746-0010800
０２
07749-0010000
07746-0010800
14-304
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４１７２５４ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４１７２５６ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0309
Valve Body
Valve Body Repair

NOTE: Valve body repair is only necessary if one or 6. Coat the valve with ATF, then drop it into its bore. It
more of the valves in a valve body do not slide should drop to the bottom of the bore under its
smoothly in their bores. Use this procedure to free the own weight. If not, repeat steps 4 and 5, then retest.
valves. If the valve still sticks, replace the valve body.
０２
1. Soak a sheet of ＃600 abrasive paper in ATF for
about 30 minutes.
2. Carefully tap the valve body so the sticking valve

drops out of its bore. It may be necessary to use a
small screwdriver to pry the valve free. Be careful
not to scratch the bore with the screwdriver.
3. Inspect the valve for any scuff marks. Use the ATF-
soaked ＃600 paper to polish off any burrs that are
on the valve, then wash the valve in solvent and
dry it with compressed air.
4. Roll up half of the ATF-soaked ＃600 paper and

insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve. Twist
the paper slightly, so that it unrolls and fits the bore
tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the paper
as you push it in and out. 7. Remove the valve, and thoroughly clean it and the
valve body with solvent. Dry all parts with
NOTE: The valve body is aluminum and doesn’t compressed air, then reassemble using ATF as a
require much polishing to remove any burrs. lubricant.
０１
5. Remove the ＃600 paper. Thoroughly wash the

entire valve body in solvent, then dry it with
compressed air.
14-305
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＬＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:56 61SJC020_140_0310
Valve Body
Valve Body Valve Installation

1. Coat all parts with ATF before assembly.
2. Install the valves and springs in the sequence

shown for the main valve body (see page 14-307),
the secondary valve body (see page 14-309), the
regulator valve body (see page 14-310), and the
accumulator body (see page 14-311). Refer to the
following valve cap illustrations, and install each
valve cap so the end shown facing up will be facing
the outside of the valve body, then secure the valve
cap with the valve cap clip.
０１
3. Install the valve (A) and the valve spring (B) in the
valve body. Push the valve spring in with a
screwdriver, then install the spring seat (C).
＊０１
C
A
B
14-306
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＫＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0311
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in solvent, and dry them with compressed air. Blow out all passages.
2. Do not use a magnet to remove the cooler check valve, it may magnetize the check valve (ball).
3. Inspect the main valve body for scoring and damage.
4. Check all valves for free movement. If any fail to slide freely, refer to valve body repair (see page 14-305).
5. Coat all parts with ATF during assembly.
6. Replace the filter with a new one, and install it and the lubrication check valve in the direction shown.
０１
TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP
CHECK VALVE TIMING VALVE
SHIFT VALVE D
C MANUAL
COOLER CHECK VALVE
VALVE (BALL) A B SHIFT VALVE B
D
E
LUBRICATION
CHECK VALVE F
LOCK-UP L
SHIFT VALVE
SHIFT
VALVE A
K
J G
MODULATOR VALVE
I
FILTER
LUBRICATION MAIN VALVE BODY

CONTROL VALVE
RELIEF H
VALVE
SHIFT VALVE E CPC VALVE C
VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS

Valve Springs Standard (New)-Unit: mm (in.)
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of Coils
A Cooler check valve spring 0.6 (0.024) 5.8 (0.228) 14.5 (0.571) 6.8
B Torque converter check valve spring 1.1 (0.043) 8.6 (0.339) 35.0 (1.378) 12.6
C Lock-up timing valve spring 0.65 (0.026) 6.6 (0.260) 34.8 (1.370) 15.6
D Shift valve D spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 32.2 (1.268) 13.4
E Shift valve B spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
F Shift valve A spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
G Modulator valve spring 1.6 (0.063) 10.4 (0.409) 33.5 (1.319) 9.8
H CPC valve C spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
I Shift valve E spring 0.8 (0.031) 7.1 (0.280) 49.0 (1.929) 17.2
J Relief valve spring 1.1 (0.043) 8.6 (0.339) 32.1 (1.264) 11.2
K Lubrication control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 7.7 (0.303) 28.8 (1.134) 10.4
L Lock-up shift valve spring 0.9 (0.035) 7.6 (0.299) 63.0 (2.480) 22.4
14-307
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１３９３０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0312
Valve Body
ATF Pump Inspection

1. Install the ATF pump drive gear (A), the driven gear 2. Measure the side clearance of the ATF pump drive
(B), and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) in the gear (A) and the driven gear (B).
main valve body (D). Lubricate all parts with ATF,
and install the ATF pump driven gear with its ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance
grooved and chamfered side facing up. Standard (New):
０１ ATF Pump Drive Gear:
C 0.210−0.265 mm (0.0083−0.00104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear:
0.070−0.125 mm (0.0028−0.0050 in.)
B ０２
3. Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft. Measure

the thrust clearance between the ATF pump driven
gear (A) and the valve body (B) with a straight edge
(C) and a feeler gauge (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)

Clearance:
Standard (New): 0.03−0.06 mm (0.001−0.002 in.)
Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
０３
C
14-308
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１１３０２１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:57 61SJC020_140_0313
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Do not use a magnet to remove the check balls, it may magnetize the check balls.
3. Inspect the secondary valve body for scoring and damage.
6. Install the 1st accumulator choke in the direction shown.

０１
SERVO CONTROL
REVERSE CPC VALVE VALVE
A B
SHIFT VALVE C
C
CPC VALVE A
CHECK BALLS D
SECONDARY
VALVE BODY
F
E
CPC VALVE B
CHECK BALL KICK-DOWN VALVE
KICK-DOWN
1ST ACCUMULATOR CHOKE SHORT VALVE

A Reverse CPC valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
B Servo control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 35.7 (1.406) 17.2
C Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
D CPC valve A spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
E Kick-down valve spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
F CPC valve B spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
14-309
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１５４２３１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:58 61SJC020_140_0314
Valve Body
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Inspect the regulator valve body for scoring and damage.
3. Hold the regulator spring cap in place while removing the stop bolt. The regulator spring cap is spring loaded.
Once the stop bolt is removed, release the spring cap slowly so it does not pop out.
6. Align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the stop bolt hole, then press the spring cap into the valve body,
and tighten the stop bolt.
7. Install the servo valve with the new O-ring, and the 3rd accumulator piston with the new O-ring.
＊０１
ACCUMULATOR COVER 6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
VALVE SLEEVE
3RD ACCUMULATOR PISTON O-RING VALVE CAP
Replace.
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
VALVE CAP CLIP
B
LOCK-UP CONTROL VALVE
REGULATOR VALVE
SERVO VALVE/ C
SHIFT FORK SHAFT
D
O-RING
Replace. REGULATOR SPRING CAP

A 3rd accumulator spring 3.1 (0.122) 19.6 (0.772) 41.4 (1.630) 5.5
B Lock-up control valve spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 42.9 (1.689) 14.2
0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 44.3 (1.744) 25.5
C Regulator valve spring B 1.4 (0.055) 8.8 (0.346) 44.0 (1.732) 12.0
D Regulator valve spring A 1.85 (0.073) 14.7 (0.579) 86.9 (3.421) 16.2
E Stator reaction spring 5.5 (0.217) 37.4 (1.472) 30.3 (1.193) 2.1
14-310
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１５０７０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:58 61SJC020_140_0315
Accumulator Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

2. Inspect the accumulator body for scoring and damage.
4. Replace the O-rings with new ones.

０１
SNAP RING
SPRING CAP
A
B
O-RING 4TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON
Replace.
SPRING SEAT ACCUMULATOR BODY
1ST-HOLD ACCUMULATOR PISTON
G
C
O-RING E
Replace.
D
5TH ACCUMULATOR PISTON O-RING

Replace.
1ST ACCUMULATOR PISTON

O-RING
Replace. O-RING
Replace. O-RING
SNAP RING 2ND Replace.
ACCUMULATOR
PISTON SNAP RING SNAP RING

A 1st-hold accumulator spring 2.0 (0.079) 13.1 (0.516) 42.9 (1.689) 9.8
B 4th accumulator spring 3.0 (0.118) 19.6 (0.772) 45.3 (1.783) 6.4
C 1st accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 17.7 (0.697) 77.6 (3.055) 12.1
D 1st accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 11.1 (0.437) 49.0 (1.929) 10.0
E 2nd accumulator spring 3.1 (0.122) 19.6 (0.772) 53.4 (2.102) 7.5
F 5th accumulator spring A 2.2 (0.087) 16.4 (0.646) 75.7 (2.980) 14.2
G 5th accumulator spring B 2.0 (0.079) 10.0 (0.394) 45.5 (1.791) 11.6
14-311
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４８０１１２５０１ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:40:59 61SJC020_140_0316
Valve Body
Shift Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Removal and
Installation
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to 5. Install shift solenoid valve C by holding the shift
remove and install the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
the solenoid valve body. bracket contacts to the bracket of torque converter
clutch solenoid valve.
1. Remove the mounting bolts, then remove the
solenoid valves by holding the solenoid valve NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve C before
bodies. installing the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve (D). If solenoid valve C is installed before
2. Install the new O-rings (E) on each solenoid valves. torque converter clutch solenoid valve, it may
damage to hydraulic control system.
NOTE: The new solenoid valve comes with new
O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the 6. Install shift solenoid valve B by holding the shift
O-rings provided on it. solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
０１ bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
6 x 1.0 mm
B 12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m,
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
D
A
3. Install shift solenoid valve A by holding the shift

solenoid valve body; be sure to install mounting
bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
4. Install the torque converter clutch solenoid valve by

holding the solenoid valve body; be sure to install
mounting bracket contacts to the accumulator body.
14-312
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０６５４８０１ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:40:59 61SJC020_140_0317
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new oil seal flush to the housing with the
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm driver and attachment (72 x 75 mm).
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600
1. Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with the

adjustable bearing puller and a commercially
available 3/8 ’’-16 slide hammer (A).
０１
A
07746-0010600 07749-0010000
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the new mainshaft bearing until it bottoms in

the housing with the driver and attachment
(62 x 68 mm).
０２
07746-0010500 07749-0010000
14-313
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９５２１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:00 61SJC020_140_0318
Countershaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the bearing (A) in the housing with the driver
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm and attachment (78 x 80 mm); install bearing outer
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A race notch-cut (B) to a depth (C) of 0−0.03 mm
• Driver 07749-0010000 (0−0.001 in.) below the housing surface (D).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０３
07749-0010000
1. Remove the countershaft bearing from the torque
converter housing with the adjustable bearing
puller and a commercially available 3/8 ’’-16 slide
hammer (A).
０１
A
B A
C
07NAD-PX40100
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the ATF guide plate (A) into the housing,

then install the new bearing (B) in the direction
shown.
０２
B
14-314
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９１７４２４ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:01 61SJC020_140_0319
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Remove the ATF guide collar from the torque
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm converter housing.
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Bearing remover shaft set, 30 mm 07936-8890300
• Bearing remover shaft handle 07936-3710100
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 37 x 40 mm 07746-0010200
• Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500
1. Remove the bolt, then remove the lock washer (A)

and bearing set plate (B).
０１
A
4. Remove the 29 x 39 x 9.5 mm secondary shaft

bearing from the torque converter housing with the
bearing remover shaft set (30 mm), bearing
remover shaft handle, and sliding hammer weight.
＊０２
07741-0010201
2. Remove the secondary shaft bearing from the 07936-3710100

torque converter housing with the adjustable
bearing puller (25−40 mm), and a commercially
＊０１
07936-8890300
07736-A01000B
07736-A01000A
(cont’d)
14-315
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３５４２０２ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:01 61SJC020_140_0320
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement (cont’d)

5. Install the 29 x 39 x 9.5 mm bearing into the torque 7. Install the bearing in the direction shown in the
converter housing with the driver and attachment housing with the driver and attachment
(37 x 40 mm). (62 x 68 mm).
０５０７
07749-0010000
07749-0010000
07746-0010500
07746-0010200
6. Install the new O-rings (A) on the ATF guide collar

(B), then install the guide collar in the torque
converter housing. 8. Check that the bearing groove aligns with the set
０６ plate mounting surface, then install the set plate (A)
B
by aligning it with the bearing groove.
０８
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
9. Install the new lock washer (B) and bolt, then bend
the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
14-316
07/05/09 16:41:02 61SJC020_140_0321
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Drive the bearing into the housing with the driver
• Adjustable bearing puller, 25−40 mm and attachment (52 x 55 mm).
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A ０３
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400
07749-0010000
1. Remove the intermediary shaft bearing from the
torque converter housing with the adjustable
bearing puller (25−40 mm), and a commercially 07746-0010400
０１
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2. Install the ATF guide plate (A), then install the new
bearing (B) in the housing.
０２
B
14-317
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４３５１４５ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:02 61SJC020_140_0322
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement

• Bearing remover shaft set, 12 mm 07936-1660101
• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 22 x 24 mm 07746-0010800
1. Remove the park lever shaft bearing from the

torque converter housing with the bearing remover
shaft set (12 mm), and sliding hammer weight.
０３
07741-0010201
07936-1660101
2. Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the

housing with the driver and attachment
(22 x 24 mm).
０４
07746-0010800
07749-0010000
14-318
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４０００４５０１１ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:41:03 61SJC020_140_0323
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Remove the thrust needle bearing (A), the 2. Inspect the condition of the sealing rings (I). If the
mainshaft 5th gear (B), the needle bearing (C), the sealing rings are worn, distorted, or damaged,
thrust needle bearing (D), the mainshaft 5th gear remove the set ring (J) and the needles bearing (K),
collar (E), the 4th/5th clutch (F), and the O-rings (G) and replace the sealing rings with new ones.
from the mainshaft (H).
０１ 3. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and needle
A bearing for wear and rough movement.
4. Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage.

B
5. Inspect the 4th gear for wear and damage, and

inspect the 4th gear bearing for wear and rough
C rotation.
D 6. Replace the mainshaft 4th gear (L) if the 4th gear is

worn or damaged, or the bearing is worn or
E damaged.
7. Check the shaft bearing surfaces for scoring and

excessive wear.
F
8. Lubricate all parts with ATF during reassembly.
9. Wrap the shaft splines with tape to prevent O-ring

damage, install the new O-rings on the mainshaft,
then remove the tape.
G
10. Install the 4th/5th clutch.
L 11. Install the mainshaft 5th gear collar, the thrust

needle bearing, the needle bearing, the mainshaft
5th gear, and the thrust needle bearing.
K
J
14-319
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２０００００ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:03 61SJC020_140_0324
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Slide the new mainshaft 4th gear (A) over the
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 mainshaft (B), then press it into place with the
driver (40 mm I.D.), and the press.
1. Remove the mainshaft 4th gear (A) with a press. ０２
Place a shaft protector (B) between the press and
mainshaft (C) to prevent damaging the mainshaft.
07746-0030100
＊０１
A
A
14-320
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２３９４１１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:04 61SJC020_140_0325
Countershaft Disassembly
Exploded View
＊０１
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
167 N·m (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads
CONICAL
SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING
REVERSE GEAR
REVERSE
SELECTOR
BALL BEARING
REVERSE GEAR COLLAR
5TH GEAR
REVERSE SELECTOR HUB THRUST WASHER,

35 x 47 x 6 mm
SNAP RING
NEEDLE BEARING
COTTERS, 42.2 mm
WASHER, 50.8 mm
COTTER RETAINER Selective part
COLLAR, 50.8 mm
4TH GEAR
1ST GEAR
WASHER, 61 mm
Selective part
IDENTIFYING THRUST NEEDLE

LETTER BEARING
(A, B, or C) IDLER GEAR
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
2ND GEAR COTTERS, 40.5 mm

COUNTERSHAFT
(cont’d)
14-321
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:04 61SJC020_140_0326
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Disassembly (cont’d)

NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the 3. Place the countershaft 5th gear (A) on press bases
following procedure. (B), and place a shaft protector (C) between the
countershaft (D) and a press to prevent damaging
1. Cut the lock tab (A) of the countershaft locknut (B) the countershaft.
using a chisel (C). ＊０２
C
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the E
countershaft. D
０２
C
B 4. Press the countershaft out of the press-fitted

bearing (E) and the press-fitted reverse selector
2. Hold the countershaft with a wrench and a vise hub, and remove the countershaft while holding
securely, loosen the locknut, and remove it. The the underside of the countershaft. The countershaft
locknut has left-hand threads. falls down when pressing the countershaft out of
０３ the press-fitted reverse selector hub. Some reverse
selector hubs are not press-fitted, and the
countershaft falls down when pressing the
countershaft out of press-fitted bearing.
5. Remove the remaining parts from the countershaft.
6. Inspect the bearing for galling and rough

movement.

excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
NOTE: If the countershaft is worn or damaged,

replace the countershaft with the same letter (A, B,
or C) for identification as the identifying letter on
the final driven gear.
8. Check the idler gear axial clearance and the 4th

gear axial clearance (see page 14-323).
14-322
07/05/09 16:41:05 61SJC020_140_0327
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

1. Install the 40.5 mm cotters (A), 2nd gear (B), thrust 3. Set the dial indicator (A) on the idler gear (B).
needle bearing (C), needle bearing (D), idler gear ０３
(E), thrust needle bearing (F), 61 mm washer (G),
1st gear (H), 4th gear (I), 50.8 mm collar (J),
50.8 mm washer (K), 42.2 mm cotters (L), cotter
retainer (M), and snap ring (N) on the countershaft
B A
(O). Install the 40.5 mm cotters, idler gear, 1st gear,
and 4th gear in the direction shown.
０１
N
M
L
K
J
I
4. Measure the idler gear axial clearance in at least
three places while moving the idler gear. Use the
G average as the actual clearance.
F
H
Standard: 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.)
０４
D E
C
2. Insert a feeler gauge blade (A) as thick as possible

between the 50.8 mm collar (B) and 50.8 mm 5. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
washer (C). 61 mm washer and measure its thickness.
０２
B C
(cont’d)
14-323
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９１７４４１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:05 61SJC020_140_0328
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)
6. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the 8. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
clearance. 50.8 mm washer and measure its thickness.
WASHER, 61 mm 9. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the

No. Part Number Thickness clearance.
A 90582-RJF-T00 1.525 mm (0.0600 in.)
B 90583-RJF-T00 1.505 mm (0.0593 in.) WASHER, 50.8 mm
C 90584-RJF-T00 1.485 mm (0.0585 in.) No. Part Number Thickness
D 90585-RJF-T00 1.465 mm (0.0577 in.) A 90519-RJF-T00 1.91 mm (0.0752 in.)
E 90586-RJF-T00 1.445 mm (0.0569 in.) B 90520-RJF-T00 1.93 mm (0.0760 in.)
F 90587-RJF-T00 1.425 mm (0.0561 in.) C 90521-RJF-T00 1.95 mm (0.0768 in.)
G 90588-RJF-T00 1.405 mm (0.0553 in.) D 90522-RJF-T00 1.97 mm (0.0776 in.)
E 90523-RJF-T00 1.99 mm (0.0783 in.)
7. Measure the clearance between the 50.8 mm collar F 90524-RJF-T00 2.01 mm (0.0791 in.)
(A) and the 50.8 mm washer (B) with a feeler gauge G 90525-RJF-T00 2.03 mm (0.0799 in.)
(C) in at least three places. Use the average as the H 90526-RJF-T00 2.05 mm (0.0807 in.)
actual clearance. I 90527-RJF-T00 2.07 mm (0.0815 in.)
J 90528-RJF-T00 2.09 mm (0.0823 in.)
Standard: 0.005−0.040 mm (0.0002−0.0016 in.) K 90529-RJF-T00 2.11 mm (0.0831 in.)
０５ L 90530-RJF-T00 2.13 mm (0.0839 in.)
A B M 90531-RJF-T00 2.15 mm (0.0846 in.)
N 90532-RJF-T00 2.17 mm (0.0854 in.)
O 90533-RJF-T00 2.19 mm (0.0862 in.)
P 90534-RJF-T00 2.21 mm (0.0870 in.)
Q 90535-RJF-T00 2.23 mm (0.0878 in.)
R 90536-RJF-T00 2.25 mm (0.0886 in.)
S 90537-RJF-T00 2.27 mm (0.0894 in.)
T 90538-RJF-T00 2.29 mm (0.0902 in.)
U 90539-RJF-T00 2.31 mm (0.0909 in.)
C V 90540-RJF-T00 2.33 mm (0.0917 in.)
W 90541-RJF-T00 2.35 mm (0.0925 in.)
X 90542-RJF-T00 2.37 mm (0.0933 in.)
Y 90543-RJF-T00 2.39 mm (0.0941 in.)
Z 90544-RJF-T00 2.41 mm (0.0949 in.)
０６ AA 90545-RJF-T00 2.43 mm (0.0957 in.)
AB 90546-RJF-T00 2.45 mm (0.0965 in.)
A B
14-324
07/05/09 16:41:06 61SJC020_140_0329
Countershaft Reassembly
Special Tools Required 4. Slide the reverse selector hub (A) over the
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 countershaft (B), then press it into place with the
driver (40 mm I.D.) and a press.
1. Verify that the identifying letter (A, B, or C) on the
top of the countershaft (D) matches the letter on the NOTE: Some reverse selector hubs are not press-
final driven gear. The identifying letters should be fitted, and can be installed without using the driver
same. (40 mm I.D.), and a press.
０１０２
U
T
S 07746-0030100
R
Q
P
O
A
N
B
M
K L
J
I
H
G 5. Install the reverse selector, the reverse gear collar,

E the needle bearing, and the reverse gear over the
F reverse selector hub.
A, B, or C
2. Install the 40.5 mm cotters (E), 2nd gear (F), thrust

needle bearing (G), needle bearing (H), idler gear (I),
thrust needle bearing (J), 61 mm washer (K), 1st
gear (L), 4th gear (M), 50.8 mm collar (N), 50.8 mm
washer (O), 42.2 mm cotters (P), cotter retainer (Q),
and snap ring (R) on the countershaft. Install the
40.5 mm cotters, idler gear, 1st gear, and 4th gear
in the direction shown.
3. Install the 35 x 47 x 6 mm thrust washer (S) in the

direction shown, then install the needle bearing (T)
and the 5th gear (U).
(cont’d)
14-325
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０９０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:07 61SJC020_140_0330
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Reassembly (cont’d)

6. Install the ball bearing (A) over the countershaft, 8. Hold the countershaft securely with a wrench and a
then press it into place with the driver (40 mm I.D.), vise, and tighten the locknut to 167 N·m
and the press. (17.0 kgf·m, 123 lbf·ft).
０３
NOTE:
07746-0030100
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench.
• The locknut has left-hand threads.
０５
7. Install the conical spring washer (A) in the direction

shown, and install the new locknut (B).
０４
B
9. Stake the locknut into its shaft in depth (A) of
0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch
A (B).
０６
14-326
07/05/09 16:41:44 61SJC020_140_0331
Secondary Shaft Disassembly

Exploded View
＊０２
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft)
Replace.
Left-hand threads
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE BALL BEARING
BEARING SPLINED
WASHER
1ST GEAR COLLAR IDLER GEAR

1ST/1ST-HOLD
THRUST CLUTCH
NEEDLE BEARING
WASHER, 52 mm
2ND GEAR/ Selective part
PARK GEAR
O-RINGS
NEEDLE BEARINGS Replace.
THRUST NEEDLE THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING BEARING
SPLINED 1ST-HOLD
WASHER CLUTCH HUB
O-RINGS 1ST
Replace. CLUTCH HUB
2ND CLUTCH 1ST GEAR

SECONDARY SHAFT
SNAP RING, 32 mm
SEALING RINGS, 29 mm
(cont’d)
14-327
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:44 61SJC020_140_0332
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Disassembly (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 4. Place the idler gear (A) on press bases (B), and
Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 07XAA-002010A place a shaft protector (C) between the secondary
shaft (D) and a press to prevent damaging the
NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the secondary shaft.
following procedure. ０４
C
1. Cut the lock tab (A) of the secondary shaft locknut
(B) using a chisel (C). D
E
NOTE: Keep all of the chiseled particles out of the

secondary shaft.
０２
C
A
B
5. Press the secondary shaft out of the press-fitted

B bearing (E), and remove the secondary shaft while
holding the underside of the secondary shaft. The
2. Place a V-block (A) on the back of a vise (B), and secondary shaft falls down when pressing the
clamp the wrench (40 x 42 mm), in the vise jaws (C). secondary shaft out of the press-fitted bearing.
＊０１
6. Remove the 1st/1st-hold clutch, 52 mm washer,
D thrust needle bearing, 1st gear assembly, needle
bearing, 1st gear collar, thrust needle bearing, and
idler gear.
7. Remove the 32 mm snap ring, and remove the 2nd

clutch, splined washer, thrust needle bearing,
needle bearing, 2nd gear/park gear, and thrust
needle bearing.
A
B
C 07XAA-002010A
3. Place the secondary shaft on the block, and attach

the 1st clutch guide (D) to the wrench (40 x 42 mm).
Loosen the locknut, and remove it. Remove any
burrs from the splines on the shaft and the spline,
the washer.
14-328
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0333
8. Inspect the bearings for galling and rough

movement.
NOTE: The needle bearing (A) on the 1st gear collar

should have only two cavities with no rollers (B);
this is function in its normal.
０５
A

excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
10. Check the 1st gear axial clearance (see page

14-330), 1st gear one-way clutch (see page 14-332),
and secondary shaft installation height (see page
14-337).
14-329
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0334
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 2. Install the ball bearing (A) over the 1st/1st-hold
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 clutch guide with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
• Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 attachment (30 mm I.D.), and a press.
０２
1. Install the idler gear (A), thrust needle bearing (B),
1st gear collar (C), needle bearing (D), 1st gear 07746-0030100
assembly (E), thrust needle bearing (F), 52 mm
washer (G), and 1st/1st-hold clutch (H) on the
secondary shaft (I). Install the idler gear and 52 mm
washer in the direction shown. Do not install the
O-rings during inspection.
０１ A 07746-0030300
B
H
F
3. Install the splined washer with the marked side up
over the ball bearing in the same manner as
E installing the ball bearing with the driver
(40 mm I.D.), attachment (30 mm I.D.), and the
press.
D
4. Install the old locknut and tighten it to 29 N·m
(3.0 kgf·m, 22 lbf·ft).
C
5. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 1st clutch hub (B).
B A ０３
I
B
14-330
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３５４１７１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:45 61SJC020_140_0335
6. Measure the 1st gear axial clearance in at least 8. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the
three places while moving the 1st gear. Use the clearance.
average as the actual clearance.
WASHER, 52 mm (’06 model)
Standard: 0.100−0.130 mm (0.004−0.05 in.) No. Part Number Thickness
０４ A 90502-RDK-010 2.705 mm (0.107 in.)
B 90503-RDK-010 2.680 mm (0.106 in.)
C 90504-RDK-010 2.655 mm (0.105 in.)
D 90505-RDK-010 2.630 mm (0.104 in.)
E 90506-RDK-010 2.605 mm (0.103 in.)
F 90507-RDK-010 2.580 mm (0.102 in.)
G 90508-RDK-010 2.555 mm (0.101 in.)
H 90509-RDK-010 2.530 mm (0.100 in.)
I 90510-RDK-010 2.505 mm (0.099 in.)
J 90511-RDK-010 2.480 mm (0.098 in.)
K 90512-RDK-000 2.455 mm (0.097 in.)
L 90513-RDK-000 2.430 mm (0.096 in.)
M 90514-RDK-000 2.405 mm (0.095 in.)
WASHER, 52 mm (’07-08 models)

No. Part Number Thickness
7. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the A 90502-RJF-T00 2.705 mm (0.107 in.)
washer and measure its height difference. B 90503-RJF-T00 2.680 mm (0.106 in.)
０５ C 90504-RJF-T00 2.655 mm (0.105 in.)
D 90505-RJF-T00 2.630 mm (0.104 in.)
E 90506-RJF-T00 2.605 mm (0.103 in.)
F 90507-RJF-T00 2.580 mm (0.102 in.)
G 90508-RJF-T00 2.555 mm (0.101 in.)
H 90509-RJF-T00 2.530 mm (0.100 in.)
I 90510-RJF-T00 2.505 mm (0.099 in.)
J 90511-RJF-T00 2.480 mm (0.098 in.)
K 90512-RJF-T00 2.455 mm (0.097 in.)
L 90513-RJF-T00 2.430 mm (0.096 in.)
M 90514-RJF-T00 2.405 mm (0.095 in.)
14-331
07/05/09 16:41:46 61SJC020_140_0336
Shafts and Clutches
1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection

1. Hold the 1st-hold clutch hub (A), and turn the 1st
gear (B) in the direction shown to be sure it turns
freely. Also make sure the 1st gear locks in the
opposite direction.
０１
A
2. If any problem occurs on the 1st gear one-way

clutch, replace the 1st clutch hub (C). The 1st gear
one-way clutch is not available separately from the
1st clutch hub.
3. Also check the 1st gear and the 1st-hold clutch hub
for wear and damage. If the 1st gear and 1st-hold
clutch hub are worn or damaged, replace the
damaged part, refer to 1st Clutch Hub Replacement
(see page 14-333).
14-332
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１０５０１ＭＡＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:41:46 61SJC020_140_0337
1st Clutch Hub Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install the new 1st clutch hub (A) over the 1st gear
• Driver 07749-0010000 (B), and install the 1st-hold clutch hub (C) in the 1st
• Driver attachment 07947-6340500 gear.
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07GAD-SD40101
NOTE: If the 1st gear and the 1st-hold clutch hub
1. Remove the 1st-hold clutch hub (A) from the 1st are replaced, use the 1st gear and the 1st-hold
gear (B) with the driver, driver attachment, and a clutch hub with the same identifying letters (A or B).
press. ０２
０１
07749-0010000
C
A
07947-6340500
A or B
A or B
4. Install the 1st-hold clutch hub (A) in the 1st gear (B)
with the driver, attachment (78 x 80 mm), and the
press.
０３
07749-0010000
A
2. Remove the 1st clutch hub (C) from the 1st gear.
07GAD-SD40101
A
14-333
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１０６０１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:41:47 61SJC020_140_0338
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Reassembly

Special Tools Required 4. Install the idler gear (A) in the direction shown, the
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 thrust needle bearing (B), the 1st gear collar (C), the
• Attachment, 30 mm I.D. 07746-0030300 needle bearing (D), the 1st gear assembly (E), the
• Wrench, 40 x 42 mm 07XAA-002010A thrust needle bearing (F), and the 52 mm washer
(G) in the direction shown on the secondary shaft
1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A), the needle (H).
bearings (B), the 2nd gear/park gear (C), the thrust
needle bearing (D), and the splined washer (E) in NOTE: It is normal for the needle bearing (D) to have
the direction shown on the secondary shaft (F). two cavities (I) without rollers.
０１
０２
J
F
F
A
E
C
B
E D
C
D
B I
H
H
2. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new

O-rings (G) in the 2nd clutch O-ring grooves, then
remove the tape.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the O-rings, be sure 5. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new
to install the O-rings after installing the splined O-rings (J) in the 1st/1st-hold clutch O-ring grooves,
washer. then remove the tape.
3. Install the 2nd clutch (H) on the secondary shaft, NOTE: To prevent damage to the O-rings, be sure
and secure the 2nd clutch with the snap ring (I). to install the O-rings after installing the 1st gear
collar and the 52 mm washer.
6. Install the 1st/1st-hold clutch (K).
14-334
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＬＤＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:41:47 61SJC020_140_0339
7. Install the ball bearing (A) over the 1st/1st-hold 9. Install the new locknut (A).
clutch guide (B) with the driver (40 mm I.D.), ＊０１
A
attachment (30 mm I.D.), and a press.
０３
07746-0030100
A 07746-0030300
B
10. Place a V-block (A) on a vise (B), and put the
secondary shaft (C) on the V-block and vise.
０６
07XAA-002010A
8. Install the new splined washer (A) with the marked C

A
side (B) up over the ball bearing with the driver
(40 mm I.D.), attachment (30 mm I.D.), and the
press.
０４
07746-0030100
A
D
07746-0030300 B
11. Attach the wrench (40 x 42 mm), onto the top of the
1st clutch guide, and secure the wrench
B
(40 x 42 mm), with the vise to hold the secondary
shaft. Tighten the locknut to 178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m,
132 lbf·ft) with the torque wrench (D).
NOTE:
• Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact wrench.
• The locknut has left-hand threads.
(cont’d)
14-335
07/05/09 16:41:48 61SJC020_140_0340
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Reassembly (cont’d)

12. Stake the locknut into the shaft to a depth (A) of
0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch
(B).
０７
14-336
07/05/09 16:41:48 61SJC020_140_0341
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

1. Install the thrust needle bearing (A) in the torque 2. Install the new gasket (A) on the torque converter
converter housing (B) in the direction shown, and housing.
install the secondary shaft assembly (C). ０２
０１
C
A
C
A
Secondary Shaft Cutaway View

０３
B
D
3. Measure the height (B) of the secondary shaft

installation between the surface (C) of the gasket
and the top of the ball bearing outer race (D), then
note the measurement.
(cont’d)
14-337
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３０００００ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/10 14:03:26 61SJC020_140_0342
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment (cont’d)

4. Remove the 65 mm thrust shim (A) from the 6. Select the 65 mm thrust shim from the following
transmission housing, and measure its thickness. table.
０４
THRUST SHIM, 65 mm
A No. Part Number Thickness
0A 90460-RDK-000 0.80 mm (0.031 in.)
A 90461-RDK-010 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)
B 90462-RDK-010 0.88 mm (0.035 in.)
C 90463-RDK-010 0.92 mm (0.036 in.)
D 90464-RDK-010 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)
E 90465-RDK-010 1.00 mm (0.039 in.)
F 90466-RDK-010 1.04 mm (0.041 in.)
G 90467-RDK-010 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
H 90468-RDK-010 1.12 mm (0.044 in.)
I 90469-RDK-010 1.16 mm (0.046 in.)
J 90470-RDK-010 1.20 mm (0.047 in.)
K 90471-RDK-010 1.24 mm (0.049 in.)
L 90472-RDK-010 1.28 mm (0.050 in.)
M 90473-RDK-010 1.32 mm (0.052 in.)
N 90474-RDK-010 1.36 mm (0.054 in.)
5. Calculate the thickness of the 65 mm thrust shim O 90475-RDK-010 1.40 mm (0.055 in.)
using the formula. P 90476-RDK-010 1.44 mm (0.057 in.)
Q 90477-RDK-010 1.48 mm (0.058 in.)
Formula: R 90478-RDK-010 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
65 mm Thrust Shim Thickness S 90479-RDK-010 1.56 mm (0.061 in.)
= Secondary Shaft Installation Height Standard T 90480-RDK-010 1.60 mm (0.063 in.)
− Measurement U 90481-RDK-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)
V 90482-RDK-000 1.68 mm (0.066 in.)
Secondary Shaft Installation Height W 90483-RDK-000 1.72 mm (0.068 in.)
Standard: X 90484-RDK-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
228.04−228.13 mm (8.9779−8.9815 in.) Y 90485-RDK-000 1.80 mm (0.071 in.)
Z 90486-RDK-000 1.84 mm (0.072 in.)
AA 90487-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
AB 90488-RDK-000 1.92 mm (0.076 in.)
AC 90489-RDK-000 1.96 mm (0.077 in.)
AD 90490-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
AE 90491-RDK-000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.)
AF 90492-RDK-000 2.08 mm (0.082 in.)
AG 90493-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
AH 90494-RDK-000 2.16 mm (0.085 in.)
AI 90495-RDK-000 2.20 mm (0.087 in.)
AJ 90496-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
AK 90497-RDK-000 2.28 mm (0.090 in.)
AL 90498-RDK-000 2.32 mm (0.091 in.)
7. Install the thrust shim in the transmission housing.
14-338
07/05/09 16:41:49 61SJC020_140_0343
Intermediary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly

1. Remove the 26.5 mm washer, the snap ring, the 4. Check the shaft bearing surfaces for scoring and
cotter retainer, and the cotters from the third shaft. excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
＊０１ excessive wear and damage.
WASHER, 26.5 mm
Selective part
SNAP RING
5. Check the sealing rings for excessive wear and
COTTERS,
19.8 mm COTTER RETAINER damage.
6. Check the 3rd gear axial clearance (see page

4TH GEAR 14-341), and the intermediary shaft installation
height (see page 14-343).
THRUST NEEDLE 7. Before installing the O-rings, wrap the shaft splines
BEARING
with tape to prevent damage to the O-rings.
3RD GEAR
8. Lubricate all parts with ATF, and reassemble the
shaft and gears.
NEEDLE BEARING
9. Install the press-fitted 4th gear with the driver
THRUST NEEDLE (40 mm I.D.) and a press (see page 14-340) in the
BEARING direction shown.
SPLING WASHER,
53 mm
Selective part
3RD CLUTCH
O-RINGS
Replace.
INTERMEDIARY
SHAFT
SEALING RINGS,
35 mm
2. Remove the intermediary shaft 4th gear using a

press (see page 14-340), and disassemble the shaft
and gears.
3. Inspect the bearings for galling and rough

movement.
14-339
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４０００００ＭＥＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0344
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear

Removal Installation
1. Place the 4th gear (A) on the press bases (B), and Special Tools Required
place a shaft protector (C) between the Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
intermediary shaft (D) and a press to prevent
damaging the intermediary shaft. 1. Wrap the shaft splines with tape, and install new
０１ O-rings in the 3rd clutch O-ring grooves, then
C
remove the tape.
D 2. Install the 3rd clutch, 53 mm splined washer, the

thrust needle bearing, the needle bearing, the 3rd
A gear, the thrust needle bearing on the intermediary
shaft.
3. Install the 4th gear (A) with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
and a press.
０２
B 07746-0030100
2. Press the intermediary shaft out of the press-fitted

4th gear, and remove the intermediary shaft while
holding the underside the intermediary shaft. The A
intermediary shaft falls down when pressing the
intermediary shaft out of the press-fitted gear.
3. Remove the remaining parts from the intermediary

shaft.
4. Install the 19.8 mm cotters, cotter retainer, and

snap ring.
5. Install the 26.5 mm washer on the top of the

intermediary shaft.
14-340
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１３１ＫＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１３１ＫＣＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0345
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required ０２
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Install the 3rd clutch (A), the 53 mm splined washer

(B), the thrust needle bearing (C), the needle
bearing (D), the 3rd gear (E), and the thrust needle 07746-0030100
bearing (F) on the Intermediary shaft (G). Do not
install the O-rings during inspection.
０１
K
J H
I
2. Install the 4th gear (H) with the driver (40 mm I.D.),
D and a press.
C
B 3. Install the cotters (I), the cotter retainer (J), and the
snap ring (K).
A 4. Set the dial indicator (A) on the 3rd gear (B).

０３
A
(cont’d)
14-341
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４３５１２１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:50 61SJC020_140_0346
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

5. Measure the 3rd gear axial clearance in at least
three places while moving the 3rd gear. Use the
average as the actual clearance.
Standard: 0.005−0.045 mm (0.0002−0.0018 in.)

０４
6. If the clearance is out of standard, remove the

splined washer and measure its thickness.
7. Select and install a new splined washer, then

recheck the clearance.
SPLINED WASHER, 53 mm
No. Part Number Thickness
A 90546-RDK-000 3.995 mm (0.1573 in.)
B 90547-RDK-000 4.015 mm (0.1581 in.)
C 90548-RDK-000 4.035 mm (0.1589 in.)
D 90549-RDK-000 4.055 mm (0.1596 in.)
E 90550-RDK-000 4.075 mm (0.1604 in.)
F 90551-RDK-000 4.095 mm (0.1612 in.)
G 90552-RDK-000 4.115 mm (0.1620 in.)
H 90553-RDK-000 4.135 mm (0.1628 in.)
I 90554-RDK-000 4.155 mm (0.1636 in.)
J 90555-RDK-000 4.175 mm (0.1644 in.)
K 90556-RDK-000 4.195 mm (0.1652 in.)
L 90557-RDK-000 4.215 mm (0.1659 in.)
M 90558-RDK-000 4.235 mm (0.1667 in.)
N 90559-RDK-000 4.255 mm (0.1675 in.)
14-342
07/05/09 16:41:51 61SJC020_140_0347
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

1. Install the intermediary shaft (A) in the torque 4. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
converter housing, and install the 26.5 mm washer 26.5 mm washer and measure its thickness.
(B) on the intermediary shaft.
5. Select and install a new washer, then recheck the
Intermediary Shaft Installation Height installation height.
Standard:
137.285−137.385 mm (5.40491−5.40885 in.) WASHER, 26.5 mm
０１ No. Part Number Thickness
B A 90564-RDK-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
A B 90565-RDK-000 1.13 mm (0.044 in.)
C 90566-RDK-000 1.21 mm (0.048 in.)
D 90567-RDK-000 1.29 mm (0.051 in.)
E 90568-RDK-000 1.37 mm (0.054 in.)
F 90569-RDK-000 1.45 mm (0.057 in.)
G 90570-RDK-000 1.53 mm (0.060 in.)
H 90571-RDK-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)
I 90572-RDK-000 1.69 mm (0.067 in.)
F J 90573-RDK-000 1.77 mm (0.070 in.)
K 90574-RDK-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
D L 90575-RDK-000 1.93 mm (0.076 in.)
M 90576-RDK-000 2.01 mm (0.079 in.)
N 90577-RDK-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
E
Intermediary Shaft Cutaway View

０２
F
2. Install the new gasket (C) on the torque converter

housing.
3. Measure the height (D) of the intermediary shaft

installation between the surface (E) of the gasket
and the surface of the 26.5 mm washer (F).
14-343
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１２４０００００ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:51 61SJC020_140_0348
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly
Special Tools Required 2. Remove the 1st clutch end-plate (A), the 1st clutch
• Clutch spring compressor attachment discs (B) (5), the 1st clutch wave-plates (C) (5), the
07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 disc spring (D), the 1st-hold clutch plate B (E), the
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly 1st-hold clutch discs (F) (3), the 1st-hold clutch
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A wave-plates (G) (2), and the 1st-hold clutch flat-
plate (H) from the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (I).
1. Remove the snap ring (A), with a screwdriver (B). ０２
０１ D E
B
A
A
F
C
3. Make reference marks on the clutch wave-plates.
14-344
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:53 61SJC020_140_0349
4. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs 8. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs
(B) (7), the clutch wave-plates (C) (3), and the clutch (B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
flat-plates (D) (4) from the 2nd clutch drum (E). plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 4th
０３ clutch drum (F).
A
０５
A
B
B
C E
C
C
C
D
D
F
D
D
D
E D
D
10. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs

(B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
5. Make reference marks on the clutch wave-plates. plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 5th
clutch drum (F).
6. Remove the clutch end-plate (A), the clutch discs ０６
A
(B) (5), the clutch wave-plates (C) (2), the clutch flat-
plates (D) (3), and the disc spring (E) from the 3rd
clutch drum (F). B
E
０４
A C
B C
E C
D
C
F D
D
D
F D

D
(cont’d)
14-345
07/05/09 16:41:53 61SJC020_140_0350
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

12. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment 14. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
０７ that is unsupported by the return spring, the
07LAE-PX40100 retainer may be damaged.
０９
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-PL50101 15. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on
the spring retainer (B) of the 3rd and 5th clutches so
07GAE-PG40200 or the special tool works on the clutch return spring
07GAE-PG4020A (C).
１０
13. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment
(A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring
retainer (B) on the 1st, 2nd, and 4th clutches.
０８
A
14-346
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0351
16. If either end of the clutch spring compressor 18. Remove the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.
attachment is not set over the clutch return spring １３
end (A), the retainer may be damaged.
１１
A
19. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly.
17. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can
be removed. 20. Remove the snap ring (A), the spring retainer (B),
１２ and the return spring (C).
１４
A
B
(cont’d)
14-347
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0352
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont’d)

21. Wrap a shop rag around the clutch drum, and apply 23. Remove the 1st-hold clutch piston (A) from the 1st
air pressure to the fluid passage to remove the clutch piston (B), and remove the O-rings from the
piston. Place a finger tip on the other passage while 1st-hold clutch piston.
applying air pressure. １７
A
１５
24. Remove the clutch piston, and remove the O-rings

from the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch pistons.
１８
22. Remove the 1st/1st-hold clutch piston (A) from the

clutch drum (B), and remove the O-rings from the
1st clutch piston.
１６
A
14-348
07/05/09 16:41:54 61SJC020_140_0353
Clutch Inspection
1. Inspect the clutch pistons and the clutch piston 6. If the clutch discs are worn or damaged, replace
check valves (A). them as a set. If the clutch discs are replaced,
０１ inspect the clearance between the clutch end-plate
A and the top disc.
7. If any plate is worn, damaged, or discolored,

replace the damaged plate with a new plate, and
inspect the other wave-plates for a phase
difference. If the clutch plate is replaced, inspect
the clearance between the clutch end-plate and the
top disc.
8. If the clutch end plate is worn, damaged, or

discolored, inspect the clearance between the
clutch end-plate and the top disc, then replace the
clutch end plate.
2. If the clutch piston check valve is loose or damaged,

replace the clutch piston.
3. Check the spring retainer for wear and damage.
4. If the spring retainer is worn or damaged, replace it.
5. Inspect the clutch discs, clutch plates, and clutch

end plate for wear, damage, and discoloration.
Clutch Discs
Standard Thickness: 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
Clutch Flat-plates and Clutch Wave-plates

Standard Thickness
1st Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
1st-hold Clutch: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.8 mm (0.071 in.)
3rd Clutch: 2.0 mm (0.079 in.)
4th Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
5th Clutch: 1.6 mm (0.063 in.)
14-349
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:55 61SJC020_140_0354
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection

1. Place the clutch wave-plate (A) on a surface plate, 5. Rotate the wave-plate of the 1st, 1st-hold, 2nd, 4th,
and set a dial indicator (B) on the wave-plate. and 5th clutches about 60-degrees, and the 3rd
＊０１ clutch wave-plate about 54-degrees or 72-degrees.
The dial indicator should be at the bottom of a
phase difference (F and G), and zero the dial
B indicator.
E
6. Measure the phase difference at the other two tops

(H and I) of the wave-plate by following steps 3 thru
5.
C I
7. If the two values of the three measurements are
within the standard, the wave-plate is OK. If the two
D G values of the three measurements are out of the
standard, replace the wave-plate.
F H
2. Find the bottom (C) of a phase difference of the

wave-plate, zero the dial indicator and make a
reference mark on the bottom of the wave-plate.
3. Rotate the clutch wave-plate of the 1st, 1st-hold,

2nd, 4th, and 5th clutches about 60-degrees apart
from the bottom while holding the wave-plate by
its circumference, and rotate the 3rd clutch wave-
plate about 72-degrees or 54-degrees apart from
the bottom while holding the wave-plate by its
circumference. The dial indicator should be at the
top (D) of a phase difference. Do not rotate the
wave-plate while holding its surface, always rotate
it by holding its circumference.
4. Read the dial indicator. The dial indicator reads the

phase difference (E) of the wave-plate between the
bottom and top.
Standard Phase Difference

1st Clutch: 0.17−0.30 mm (0.007−0.012 in.)
1st-hold Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
2nd Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.07−0.20 mm (0.003−0.008 in.)
14-350
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２１２２３１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:55 61SJC020_140_0355
Clutch Clearance Inspection

Special Tools Required 3. Install the 1st-hold clutch flat-plate (A), alternately
Clutch compressor attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 install the clutch discs (B) (3) and the 1st-hold clutch
wave-plates (C) (2), then install the 1st-hold clutch
1. Inspect the clutch piston, discs, plates, and the end plate B (D) with the flat side down in the direction
plate for wear and damage (see page 14-349), and shown.
inspect the clutch wave-plate phase difference ０２
(see page 14-350), if necessary.
D
2. Install the 1st-hold clutch piston in the 1st clutch
piston, and install 1st/1st-hold clutch piston (A) in
C
the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (B). Do not install the
O-rings on the clutch pistons during inspection.
０１ C
A
4. Measure the clearance between 1st-hold clutch

plate B and the top disc with a feeler gauge (A)
B while pressing the 1st-hold clutch plate B down.
Take measurements in at least three places, and
use the average as the actual clearance.
1st-hold Clutch Plate B-to-Top Disc Clearance

Service Limit: 0.6−1.0 mm (0.024−0.039 in.)
０３
A
5. If the clearance is out of standard, replace the 1st-

hold clutch plates and discs as a set, and recheck.
(cont’d)
14-351
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１２１２２１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:41:57 61SJC020_140_0356
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

6. Install the disc spring (A) on the 1st-hold clutch 8. Starting with the 2nd clutch flat-plate, alternately
plate B in the direction shown. Starting with the 1st install the flat-plates (A) (4) and discs (B) (4), and
clutch wave-plate, alternately install the wave- alternately install the wave-plates (C) (3) and discs
plates (B) (5) and discs (C) (5) in the 1st clutch drum (B) (3). Install the clutch end-plate (D) with the flat
(D), then install the clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the top disc.
side down. ０６
０４ D
E
B
C
B
A C
B
C
B
D
A
B
C
A
B B
A
7. Install the clutch pistons in the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and B
5th clutch drums. Do not install the O-rings on the A
clutch pistons during inspection.
０５
9. Install the disc spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 3rd clutch
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3)
and discs (D) (3), and alternately install the wave-
plates (E) (2) and discs (D) (2). Install the clutch end-
plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc.
０７
F
D
A E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
14-352
07/05/09 16:41:57 61SJC020_140_0357
10. Install the disc spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B) 12. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
in the direction shown. Starting with the 4th clutch the clutch end-plate.
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3) １０
０８
F
D
A
E
D
D
C
B D
C 13. Set a dial indicator (A) on the clutch-end-plate (B).
１１
D A
C
11. Install the disc spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 5th clutch
C
plate (F) with the flat side down on the top disc. B
０９
F
D
A E
D
E
14. Zero the dial indicator with the clutch end-plate
lifted up to the snap ring (C).
D
C
B
D
C
D
C
(cont’d)
14-353
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0358
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont’d)

15. Release the clutch end-plate to lower the clutch- 18. If the clearance is out of the service limit, select a
end-plate, then put the clutch compressor new clutch-end-plate from the following table.
attachment on the end-plate (A). １３
１２
C
B
07ZAE-PRP0100
A
E
D 1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES

Plate Part Number Thickness
No.
1 22551-RDK-003 3.1 mm (0.122 in.)
16. Press the special tool down with 150−160 N 2 22552-RDK-003 3.2 mm (0.126 in.)
(15−16 kgf, 33−35 lbf) (B) using a force gauge, and 3 22553-RDK-003 3.3 mm (0.130 in.)
read the dial indicator (C). 4 22554-RDK-003 3.4 mm (0.134 in.)
5 22555-RDK-003 3.5 mm (0.138 in.)
17. The dial indicator reads the clearance (D) between 6 22556-RDK-003 3.6 mm (0.142 in.)
the clutch end-plate and top disc (E). Take 7 22557-RDK-003 3.7 mm (0.146 in.)
measurements in at least three places, and use the 8 22558-RDK-003 3.8 mm (0.150 in.)
average as the actual clearance. 9 22559-RDK-003 3.9 mm (0.154 in.)
Clearance between Clutch End-Plate and Top 2ND CLUTCH END-PLATES

Disc Plate Part Number Thickness
Service Limit: No.
1st Clutch: 1.15−1.35 mm (0.045−0.053 in.) 1 22561-RDK-003 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.05−1.25 mm (0.041−0.049 in.) 2 22562-RDK-003 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0.8−1.0 mm (0.031−0.039 in.) 3 22563-RDK-003 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4th Clutch: 0.75−0.95 mm (0.030−0.037 in.) 4 22564-RDK-003 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5th Clutch: 0.75−0.95 mm (0.030−0.037 in.) 5 22565-RDK-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22566-RDK-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22567-RDK-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22568-RDK-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22569-RDK-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
14-354
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0359
3RD CLUTCH END-PLATES

No.
1 22591-RDK-A01 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
2 22592-RDK-A01 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3 22593-RDK-A01 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4 22594-RDK-A01 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5 22595-RDK-A01 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22596-RDK-A01 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22597-RDK-A01 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22598-RDK-A01 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22599-RDK-A01 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
4TH and 5TH CLUTCH END-PLATES

No.
1 22571-RJB-003 2.1 mm (0.083 in.)
2 22572-RJB-003 2.2 mm (0.087 in.)
3 22573-RJB-003 2.3 mm (0.091 in.)
4 22574-RJB-003 2.4 mm (0.094 in.)
5 22575-RJB-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
6 22576-RJB-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
7 22577-RJB-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22578-RJB-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22579-RJB-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
19. Install the new clutch end-plate, and recheck the

clearance. If the thickest clutch end-plate is
installed, but the clearance is still over the service
limit, replace the clutch discs and plates.
14-355
07/05/09 16:41:58 61SJC020_140_0360
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly
Special Tools Required 3. Install the new O-rings (A) on the 1st clutch piston
• Clutch spring compressor attachment (B), and install the 1st/1st-hold clutch piston in the
07LAE-PX40100 or 07HAE-PL50101 1st/1st-hold clutch drum (C) while applying
• Clutch spring compressor bolt assembly pressure and rotating to ensure proper seating. Do
07GAE-PG40200 or 07GAE-PG4020A not pinch the O-rings.
０２
1. Soak the clutch discs thoroughly in ATF for a
minimum of 30 minutes.
B
2. Install the new O-rings (A) on the 1st-hold clutch

piston (B), and install the 1st-hold clutch piston in
the 1st clutch piston (C). A
A
０１
C
A
A
4. Install the O-rings (A) on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th
clutch piston (B).
０３
B
C
A
A
5. Install the clutch pistons in the clutch drums (C)

while applying pressure and rotating to ensure
proper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring.
14-356
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１３１００１１ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:31 61SJC020_140_0361
6. Install the return spring (A) and the spring retainer 8. Be sure the clutch spring compressor attachment
(B), and position the snap ring (C) on the spring (A) is adjusted to have full contact with the spring
retainer. retainer (B) on the 1st, 2nd, and 4th clutches.
０４０６
C
B
A
A
9. If either end of the clutch spring compressor

attachment is set over an area of the spring retainer
that is unsupported by the return spring, the
7. Install the clutch spring compressor attachment retainer may be damaged.
and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly. ０７
０５
07LAE-PX40100
07LAE-PX40100 or
07HAE-PL50101
07GAE-PG40200 or
07GAE-PG4020A
(cont’d)
14-357
07/05/09 16:42:32 61SJC020_140_0362
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

10. Set the clutch spring compressor attachment (A) on 12. Compress the return spring until the snap ring can
the spring retainer (B) of the 3rd and 5th clutches so be installed.
the clutch spring compressor attachment works on １０
the clutch return spring (C).
０８
C 13. Install the snap ring with the snap ring pliers.
１１
11. If either end of the clutch spring compressor
attachment is not set over the clutch return spring
end (A), the retainer may be damaged.
０９
14. Remove the clutch spring compressor attachment

A and the clutch spring compressor bolt assembly.
14-358
07/05/09 16:42:33 61SJC020_140_0363
15. Install the 1st-hold clutch flat-plate (A), alternately 17. Starting with the 2nd clutch flat-plate, alternately
install the clutch discs (B) (3) and the 1st-hold clutch install the flat-plates (A) (4) and discs (B) (4) in the
wave-plates (C) (2) in the 1st/1st-hold clutch drum 2nd clutch drum (C), and alternately install the
(D), then install the 1st-hold clutch plate B (E) with wave-plates (D) (3) and discs (B) (3). Install the
the flat side down in the direction shown. clutch end-plate (E) with the flat side down on the
＊０１ top disc.
F E
１３
E
B
D
I B
D
B
B D
C
B B
C
A
B
B
A C
A
B
H
A
G B
A
D
16. Install the disc spring (F) on the 1st-hold clutch

plate B in the direction shown. Starting with the 1st 18. Install the disc spring (A) in the 3rd clutch drum (B)
clutch wave-plate, alternately install the wave- in the direction shown. Starting with the 3rd clutch
plates (G) (5) and discs (H) (5), then install the flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3)
clutch end-plate (I) with the flat side down on the and discs (D) (3), and alternately install the wave-
top disc. plates (E) (2) and discs (D) (2). Install the clutch end-
１４
F
D
A E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
(cont’d)
14-359
07/05/09 16:42:34 61SJC020_140_0364
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont’d)

19. Install the disc spring (A) in the 4th clutch drum (B) 21. Install the snap ring with a screwdriver to secure
in the direction shown. Starting with the 4th clutch the clutch end-plate.
flat-plate, alternately install the flat-plates (C) (3) １７
１５
F
D
A
E
D
E
D
C
D
B
C
D
C
20. Install the disc spring (A) in the 5th clutch drum (B)
in the direction shown. Starting with the 5th clutch
１６
F
D
A
E
D
E
B C
D
C
D
C
14-360
07/05/09 16:42:35 61SJC020_140_0365
Transmission Reassembly
Exploded View
＊０２
Bolt Tightening Torque:
6 x 1.0 mm: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) ATF STRAINER
8 x 1.25 mm: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 lbf·ft)
6 x 1.0 mm, One Bolt
6 x 1.0 mm, Eight Bolts
6 x 1.0 mm, REGULATOR

11 Bolts O-RING VALVE BODY
Replace.
STATOR O-RING
SHAFT STOP Replace.
DETENT STATOR SHAFT
ACCUMULATOR ARM SHAFT REGULATOR
BODY SEPARATOR PLATE
DETENT
ARM 6 x 1.0 mm, Seven Bolts
8 x 1.25 mm, Three Bolts
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
VALVE LUBRICATION
SPRING CHECK VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
SEPARATOR PLATE COOLER
CHECK
VALVE
6 x 1.0 mm,
One Bolt ATF PUMP DRIVEN MAIN VALVE BODY
GEAR SHAFT
ATF FEED PIPES,
8 x 62 mm
TORQUE
CHECK BALLS, CONVERTER
Three Balls CHECK VALVE
SECONDARY
VALVE BODY VALVE
SPRING ATF PUMP
1ST ACCUMULATOR ATF PUMP DRIVE GEAR
CHOKE DRIVEN GEAR
MAIN SEPARATOR
PLATE
SECONDARY ATF MAGNET
SEPARATOR PLATE DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
DOWEL PINS,
Two Pins
6 x 1.0 mm, One Bolt

ATF PASSAGE PIPE TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
(cont’d)
14-361
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１０４０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:35 61SJC020_140_0366
Transmission Reassembly (cont’d)

Special Tools Required 5. If the ATF pump drive gear and ATF pump driven
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 or 07GAB-PF50100 gear shaft do not move smoothly, loosen the main
valve body bolts. Realign the ATF pump driven
1. Make sure that the ATF magnet is cleaned and gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the specified
installed in the torque converter housing. Clean torques, then recheck. Failure to align the ATF
and install the ATF magnet, if necessary. pump driven gear shaft correctly will result in a
seized ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven
2. Install the main separator plate and the two dowel gear shaft.
pins on the torque converter housing. Then install
the ATF pump drive gear (A), driven gear (B), and 6. Install the lubrication check valve, cooler check
the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C). Install the ATF valve and cooler check valve spring in the main
pump driven gear with its grooved and chamfered valve body. Install the lubrication check valve in the
side facing down. direction shown in the exploded view.
０２
C 7. Install the secondary separator plate and the two
dowel pins on the main valve body, and install the
B
secondary valve body (one bolt).
8. Install the three check balls and choke in the

secondary valve body.
9. Install the accumulator separator plate and the two

dowel pins on the secondary valve body.
A 10. Position the detent arm on the accumulator

separator plate, and install the detent arm shaft into
the detent arm through the separator plates to the
main valve body.
3. Install the torque converter check valve spring and
the valve in the torque converter housing. 11. Install the 8 x 62 mm ATF feed pipe in the main
valve body, and install the accumulator body
4. Install the main valve body (seven 6 mm bolt and (11 bolts).
three 8 mm bolts). Make sure the ATF pump drive
gear (A) rotates smoothly in the normal operating 12. Install the regulator separator plate and the two
direction, and the ATF pump driven gear shaft (C) dowel pins on the main valve body.
moves smoothly in the axial and normal operating
direction. 13. Install the new O-ring on the stator shaft, and install
０３ the stator shaft and the regulator valve body (eight
bolts).
14. Install the stator shaft stop in the main valve body.
15. Install the new O-ring on the ATF strainer, and

install the ATF strainer with the one bolt. Install the
baffle plate with the one bolt through the ATF bolt
hole in step 20.
C 16. Install the ATF passage pipe (one bolt) in the torque
converter housing.
A
14-362
07/05/09 16:42:36 61SJC020_140_0367
17. Install the intermediary shaft (A) into the main 23. Install the needle bearing (A) on the secondary
valve body, and install the 26.5 mm washer (B) on shaft roller bearing in the torque converter housing.
the top of the intermediary shaft. ０５
E D
０４ C
6 x 1.0 mm G
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
A
F
F
E
D
B
C
18. Install the transfer output shaft (C) in the torque

converter housing, and install the thrust shim (D)
on the top of the transfer output shaft.
A
19. Install the differential assembly (E) in the torque 24. Turn the shift fork shaft (B) so the large chamfered
converter housing. hole is facing the fork bolt hole of the shift fork.
20. Install the baffle plate (F), and make sure if the 25. Engage the shift fork (C) with the reverse selector
differential is clear of the baffle plate. on the countershaft, and join the mainshaft (D),
countershaft (E), and the secondary shaft (F), then
21. Install the selector control shaft and the park lever install them in the torque converter housing and
link (G). shift fork on the shift fork shaft.
22. Assemble the mainshaft, the countershaft, and the

secondary shaft.
(cont’d)
14-363
07/05/09 16:42:37 61SJC020_140_0368

26. Secure the shift fork (A) to the shift fork shaft with 28. Align the control lever pin with the manual valve
the lock bolt and a new lock washer (B), then bend guide.
the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. ０８
０６
A
6 x 1.0 mm
14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 lbf·ft) 29. Hook the detent arm spring to the detent arm.
０９
27. Install the park pawl shaft (A), the pawl spring (B),
the park pawl (C), and the park pawl stop (D).
０７
14-364
07/05/09 16:42:38 61SJC020_140_0369
30. Install the 8 x 85 mm ATF feed pipe (A), the 32. Install the two dowel pins (A) and the new gasket
8 x 151.5 mm pipes (B), and the 8 x 40 mm pipe (C) (B) on the torque converter housing (C).
in the accumulator body. １２
１０
A
B
31. Install the 8 x 57.6 mm ATF feed pipe (A) and the
10 x 123 mm pipe (B) in the torque converter
housing.
１１
C
B
33. Place the transmission housing (D) on the torque

converter housing.
(cont’d)
14-365
07/05/09 16:42:39 61SJC020_140_0370

34. Wrap the screwdriver tip with tape to prevent 36. Install the transmission housing mounting bolts
damage to the reverse idler gear teeth. Engage the (10 x 1.25 mm) (23 bolts) along with the
reverse idler gear with reverse gears by rotating transmission hanger (A) and the transmission
the idler gear using the screwdriver. ground terminal bracket (B).
１３＊０３
C
10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 lbf·ft)
A Two Bolts
D
12 x 1.25 mm
64 N·m
B
35. While expanding the snap ring of the countershaft

bearing with snap ring pliers, install the
transmission housing onto the bearing part-way. 10 x 1.25 mm
Then release the snap ring pliers, and push down 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
on the housing until it bottoms and the snap ring 21 Bolts
snaps into place in the transmission housing snap
ring groove. 37. Tighten the 21 bolts to 44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft)
１４ in two or more steps in crisscross pattern.
38. Tighten the two bolts (C) to 39 N·m (4.0 kgf·m,

29 lbf·ft). Keep the bolts free of grease or oil.
39. Install and tighten the 12 x 1.25 mm bolt (D) to

64 N·m (6.5 kgf·m, 47 lbf·ft).
14-366
07/05/09 16:42:39 61SJC020_140_0371
40. Install the mainshaft holder onto the mainshaft. 43. Install the new locknut and tighten it to 176 N·m
１６ (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft), then stake the locknut into
its shaft in depth (A) of 0.7−1.3 mm (0.03−0.05 in.)
using a 3.5 mm punch (B).
１８
A
07GAB-PF50101 or
07GAB-PF50100 B
41. Install the new lock washer (A) with the marked
side (B) up over the mainshaft (C), and apply the
surface of the lock washer and old locknut (D) with
ATF.
１７ 44. Install the end cover (A), the dowel pin (B), and a
A
new O-ring (C).
１９
F 8 x 1.25 mm
D 49 N·m 22 N·m (2.2 kgf·m, 16 lbf·ft)
G
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m A
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
B
C
B
D
C
E
42. Install the old locknut, and tighten it to seat the lock
washer to 178 N·m (18.2 kgf·m, 132 lbf·ft), then
remove the old locknut.
45. Install the snap ring cap (D) with a new O-ring (E).
46. Apply thread lock sealant to the threads of the

sealing plug (F), and install the sealing plug and a
new sealing washer (G).
(cont’d)
14-367
07/05/09 16:42:40 61SJC020_140_0372

47. Install a new O-ring (E) on the solenoid harness 51. Install the solenoid valve cover (A) with the two
connector (F). dowel pins (B) and a new gasket (C), and secure it
２０ with the seven bolts.
6 x 1.0 mm
ORN 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) ２１
6 x 1.0 mm
F 12 N·m
YEL (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
E
B A
D
RED B
GRN
C
B
A
48. Route the solenoid harness through the

transmission housing, and install the solenoid
harness connector.
52. Place a new gasket (A) on the solenoid valve cover,
49. Connect the harness terminals to the solenoid: then install the 8 x 102.8 mm ATF feed pipe (B) and
the 8 x 55.3 mm pipes (C) with the filter end in the
• GRN wire connector to shift solenoid valve C. transmission housing.
• YEL wire connector to the torque converter clutch ２２
6 x 1.0 mm
solenoid valve (D). 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
• RED wire connector to shift solenoid valve A.
• ORN wire connector to shift solenoid valve B. E
50. Secure the solenoid harness connector with the

bolt on the transmission housing. D D
C B
53. Install new O-rings (D) over the ATF feed pipes, and
install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A and B (E).
14-368
07/05/09 16:42:41 61SJC020_140_0373
54. Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe (A) with the 56. Install a new gasket (A) on the transmission
filter end into its mounting hole (B). housing, and install the 8 x 36 mm ATF joint pipe
２３ (B) with the filter end in the transmission housing
B
and the 8 x 25.2 mm ATF pipe (D).
２５
B
A
55. Check the height (A) of the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint E

solenoid valve body mounting surface (D). The
6 x 1.0 mm
height is about 7 mm (0.3 in.) If the height is over 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
accumulator body. 57. Install new O-rings (E) over the ATF joint pipes.
２４
58. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C.
B 59. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the control shaft fully

counterclockwise (view from shaft end) to P. Turn
the control shaft back two click-stopped position so
D A that the shift position is in N.
C ＊０１
(cont’d)
14-369
07/05/09 16:42:41 61SJC020_140_0374

60. Set the transmission range switch (A) to the N 63. Push the locknut against the transmission housing
position. The transmission range switch clicks in to seat the range switch into the selector control
the N position, and the selector control shaft hole shaft, and tighten the locknut to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m,
(B) aligns with the N positioning line (C). 8.7 lbf·ft) while holding the selector control shaft
２７ with a 6 mm wrench, then bend the lock tabs
against the locknut.
A
２９
C
D
61. Install the transmission range switch gently over

the selector control shaft (D), and install the bolts 64. Tighten the transmission range switch mounting
loosely. bolts to 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
62. Install the new lock washer (A) over the selector 65. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B),
control shaft (B) by aligning the projection (C) of the the lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the
lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on the selector control shaft (E).
transmission range switch (E), and install the ３０
locknut (F). D
6 x 1.0 mm
２８ C 12 N·m
F
12 N·m B
E (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
A
D
C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
14-370
07/05/09 16:42:42 61SJC020_140_0375
66. Install a new O-ring (A) on the input shaft 69. Install the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
(mainshaft) speed sensor (B), and install the input switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. the switch by gripping the metal part.
３１＊０５
G 6 x 1.0 mm
6 x 1.0 mm 12 N·m
C 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft) (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
D E
28 N·m
F
H
D
I
C
J
A
G
D
B C
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
67. Install a new O-ring (C) on the output shaft A

20 N·m
(countershaft) speed sensor (D), and install the (2.0 kgf·m,
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor. 14 lbf·ft)
B
68. Install the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure

switch (A) with a new sealing washer (B). Tighten 70. Install the ATF cooler lines (C) with the new sealing
the switch by gripping the metal part. washers (D) and the line bolts (E).
３２
A 71. Install the connector bracket (F), and secure the
20 N·m
(2.0 kgf·m, 14 lbf·ft) ATF line with the 6.0 mm bolts (G) on the
transmission housing. Tighten the bolt to 12 N·m
B (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft).
72. Install the ATF temperature sensor (H) with the new
O-ring (I). Install the harness clamp (J) on the clamp
bracket, and install the connector on the connector
bracket.
(cont’d)
14-371
07/05/09 16:42:42 61SJC020_140_0376

73. Install the ATF dipstick guide pipe (A) with a new
O-ring (B).
３４
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m
(1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
74. Install the ATF dipstick (C) in the guide pipe.
14-372
07/05/09 16:42:45 61SJC020_140_0377
A/T Differential
Component Location Index Backlash Inspection

＊０１ 1. Remove the final driven gear and transfer drive
THRUST SHIM, 85 mm gear from the differential carrier.
Preload Inspection, page 14-378
BEARING OUTER RACE 2. Install both axles into the differential assembly (A),
and place the axles on V-blocks (B).
SPACER
CARRIER BEARING
０１
D
IDENTIFYING LETTER A
(A, B, or C)
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR B

Replacement,
page 14-374
3. Measure the backlash of the pinion gears (C) with a
dial indicator (D).
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER Standard (New): 0.05−0.15 mm (0.002−0.006 in.)

Backlash Inspection,
page 14-373
Replacement, page 14-374 4. If the backlash is out of standard, replace the
differential carrier.
TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR 5. Install the final driven gear and transfer drive gear
Replacement, page 14-374 on the differential carrier (see page 14-374).
CARRIER BEARING
BEARING OUTER RACE
SPACER
14-373
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６０００００ＤＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６４１ＭＡＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:45 61SJC020_140_0378
A/T Differential
Differential Carrier, Final Driven Carrier Bearing Replacement

Gear, and Transfer Drive Gear
Replacement Special Tools Required
Attachment, 45 x 55 mm 07MAD-PR90100
NOTE: Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload NOTE:

whenever the differential carrier is replaced. • The bearing and outer race should be replaced as a
set.
1. Remove the final driven gear (A) and the transfer • Inspect and adjust the bearing preload whenever the
driven gear (B) from the differential carrier (C). bearing is replaced.
• Check the bearing for wear and rough rotation. If the
NOTE: The final driven gear bolts (D) have left-hand bearing is OK, removal is not necessary.
threads.
０１ 1. Remove the carrier bearing (A) with a commercially
D A, B, or C
101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft) available bearing puller (B), bearing separator (C),
14 Bolts and stepper adapter (D).
０１
B
C
C
A
2. Install the new carrier bearing with the attachment

(45 x 55 mm), and a press.
B
NOTE:
• Press the bearing on until it bottoms.
2. Install the final driven gear on the differential • Use the small end of the attachment (45 x
carrier in the direction shown. Use the final driven 55 mm), to install the bearings.
gear matching the identifying letter (A, B, or C) with • Press the bearing on securely so there is no
the letter marked on the top of the countershaft. clearance between the bearing and the carrier.
０２
3. Install the bolts through the differential carrier to
07MAD-PR90100
the transfer driven gear.
4. Tighten the bolts to 101 N·m (10.3 kgf·m, 74.5 lbf·ft)

in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps.
14-374
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６２１ＫＢＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６１１ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:46 61SJC020_140_0379
Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 3. Install a new oil seal flush into the transmission
• Driver 07749-0010000 housing with the driver and oil seal driver
• Oil seal driver attachment attachment.
07GAD-PG40100 or 07GAD-PG40101 ０３
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101
1. Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing.

０１
07749-0010000
07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101
4. Install a new oil seal into the torque converter

housing with the driver and oil seal driver
2. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter attachment.
housing. ０４
０２
07749-0010000
07JAD-PH80101
14-375
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:47 61SJC020_140_0380
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 85 mm thrust shim (A), the spacer (B),
• Driver 07749-0010000 and the outer race (C) in the transmission housing
• Attachment, 83 mm 07HAD-SG00100 (D).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０２
C D
NOTE:
• Replace the bearing with a new one whenever the B
outer race is replaced.
A
• Do not use shim(s) on the torque converter housing
side.
• Adjust the preload after replacing the bearing and the
outer race.
• Coat all parts with ATF during installation.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the spacer (B),

and the 85 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１ 3. With the driver and attachment (83 mm), drive the
E outer race securely in the housing so there is no
clearance between the outer race, spacer, shim,
and housing.
０３
C
B 07749-0010000 07HAD-SG00100
14-376
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６０１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:47 61SJC020_140_0381
4. Remove the plate (A), and remove the bearing

outer race (B) and the spacer (C) from the torque
converter housing (D).
０４
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 lbf·ft)
5. Install a spacer and a new outer race in the torque

converter housing.
6. Drive the bearing outer race securely in the

housing with the driver and attachment (78 x
80 mm).
０５
07749-0010000 07NAD-PX40100
7. Install the plate over the outer race in the torque

converter housing.
14-377
07/05/09 16:42:48 61SJC020_140_0382
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection

Special Tools Required 4. Install the 85 mm thrust shim (A) in the
• Driver 07749-0010000 transmission housing (B). If you replace the 85 mm
• Attachment, 83 mm 07HAD-SG00100 thrust shim with a new one, use the same thickness
• Preload inspection tool 070AJ-0020101 shim as the old one.
＊０２
D B
NOTE: If the transmission housing, torque converter
housing, differential carrier, tapered roller bearing,
bearing outer race, or thrust shim were replaced, the C
bearing preload must be adjusted.
A
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A), the spacer (B),

and the 85 mm thrust shim (C) from the
transmission housing (D) by heating the housing to
about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (E). Do not
heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
NOTE: Let the transmission housing cool to room

temperature before adjusting the bearing preload.
０１
E
5. Install the spacer (C), and the bearing outer race (D)
in the transmission housing.
6. Drive the outer race securely in the housing with

the driver and attachment (83 mm) so there is no
clearance between the outer race, spacer, shim,
and housing.
０３
C
B
2. Replace the tapered roller bearing when the outer

race is to be replaced. 07749-0010000 07HAD-SG00100
3. Do not use a shim on the torque converter housing

side.
14-378
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４１１６１９６１１ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:49 61SJC020_140_0383
7. Install the differential assembly (A) in the torque 9. Rotate the differential assembly in both directions
converter housing (B), and install the gasket (C) and to seat the bearings.
the two dowel pins (D) on the housing.
＊０１ 10. Measure the starting torque of the differential
10 x 1.25 mm
44 N·m (4.5 kgf·m, 33 lbf·ft) assembly with the preload inspection tool, a torque
wrench (A), and a socket (B). Measure the starting
E
torque at normal room temperature in both
G directions.
Standard
F New bearings:
3.9−5.1 N·m (40−52 kgf·cm, 35−45 lbf·in.)
Reused bearings:
3.6−4.8 N·m (37−49 kgf·cm, 32−43 lbf·in.)
０５
A
10 x 1.25 mm
39 N·m
(4.0 kgf·m,
12 x 1.25 mm 29 lbf·ft)
64 N·m Two Bolts
(6.5 kgf·m,
47 lbf·ft)
D B
A
C
070AJ-0020101
11. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the

B
thrust shim and measure its thickness.
8. Install the transmission housing (E), and install the

mounting bolts (24 bolts) with the transmission
hanger (F) and the ground terminal bracket (G),
then tighten the bolts.
(cont’d)
14-379
07/05/09 16:42:49 61SJC020_140_0384
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection (cont’d)

12. Select a new thrust shim. To increase the starting THRUST SHIM, 85 mm (cont’d)
torque, increase thickness of the thrust shim. To No. Part Number Thickness
decrease the starting torque, decrease the AA 41466-RGR-000 2.000 mm (0.0787 in.)
thickness of the thrust shim. AB 41467-RGR-000 2.025 mm (0.0797 in.)
Changing the shim to the next size will increase or AC 41468-RGR-000 2.050 mm (0.0807 in.)
decrease the starting torque about 0.5−0.6 N·m AD 41469-RGR-000 2.075 mm (0.0817 in.)
(5−6 kgf·cm, 5−5 lbf·in.). AE 41470-RGR-000 2.100 mm (0.0827 in.)
AF 41471-RGR-000 2.125 mm (0.0837 in.)
THRUST SHIM, 85 mm AG 41472-RGR-000 2.150 mm (0.0846 in.)
No. Part Number Thickness AH 41473-RGR-000 2.175 mm (0.0856 in.)
A 41440-RGR-000 1.350 mm (0.0531 in.) AI 41474-RGR-000 2.200 mm (0.0866 in.)
B 41441-RGR-000 1.375 mm (0.0541 in.) AJ 41475-RGR-000 2.225 mm (0.0876 in.)
C 41442-RGR-000 1.400 mm (0.0551 in.) AK 41476-RGR-000 2.250 mm (0.0886 in.)
D 41443-RGR-000 1.425 mm (0.0561 in.) AL 41477-RGR-000 2.275 mm (0.0896 in.)
E 41444-RGR-000 1.450 mm (0.0571 in.) AM 41478-RGR-000 2.300 mm (0.0906 in.)
F 41445-RGR-000 1.475 mm (0.0581 in.) AN 41479-RGR-000 2.325 mm (0.0915 in.)
G 41446-RGR-000 1.500 mm (0.0591 in.) AO 41480-RGR-000 2.350 mm (0.0925 in.)
H 41447-RGR-000 1.525 mm (0.0600 in.)
I 41448-RGR-000 1.550 mm (0.0610 in.) 13. Install the new thrust shim, then recheck the
J 41449-RGR-000 1.575 mm (0.0620 in.) starting torque.
K 41450-RGR-000 1.600 mm (0.0630 in.)
L 41451-RGR-000 1.625 mm (0.0640 in.)
M 41452-RGR-000 1.650 mm (0.0650 in.)
N 41453-RGR-000 1.675 mm (0.0659 in.)
O 41454-RGR-000 1.700 mm (0.0669 in.)
P 41455-RGR-000 1.725 mm (0.0679 in.)
Q 41456-RGR-000 1.750 mm (0.0689 in.)
R 41457-RGR-000 1.775 mm (0.0699 in.)
S 41458-RGR-000 1.800 mm (0.0709 in.)
T 41459-RGR-000 1.825 mm (0.0719 in.)
U 41460-RGR-000 1.850 mm (0.0728 in.)
V 41461-RGR-000 1.875 mm (0.0738 in.)
W 41462-RGR-000 1.900 mm (0.0748 in.)
X 41463-RGR-000 1.925 mm (0.0758 in.)
Y 41464-RGR-000 1.950 mm (0.0768 in.)
Z 41465-RGR-000 1.975 mm (0.0778 in.)
(cont’d)
14-380
07/05/09 16:42:50 61SJC020_140_0385
Transfer Output Shaft
Component Location Index Transfer Output Shaft Bearing

Replacement
＊０１
THRUST SHIM, 28.5 mm
Adjust Installation Height,
page 14-384 Special Tools Required
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
1. Remove the transfer output shaft bearing (A) with a

commercially available puller (B), bearing
separator (C), and shaft protector (D). Place a shaft
protector between the transfer output shaft and a
puller to prevent damaging the shaft.
TRANSFER ０１
OUTPUT SHAFT
B
C
TRANSFER OUTPUT
SHAFT BEARING
2. Install the new bearing on the transfer output shaft

with the driver (40 mm I.D.) and a press.
０２
07746-0030100
14-381
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＤＡＡＴ０１ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＫＢＡＴ０２
07/05/09 16:42:50 61SJC020_140_0386
Oil Seal Replacement

• Driver 07749-0010000
• Attachment, 65 mm 07JAD-SH30100
1. Remove the oil seal from the torque converter

housing.
０１
2. Install the new oil seal flush to the torque converter

housing with the driver and attachment (65 mm).
０２
07749-0010000
07JAD-SH30100
14-382
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５４３８６１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0387
Transmission Housing Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the new bearing in the housing in the
• Driver 07749-0010000 direction shown.
• Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 ０２
1. Remove the transfer output shaft bearing (A) from

the transmission housing (B) by heating the
housing to about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (C).
Do not heat the housing more than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１
3. Drive the new bearing until it bottoms in the

housing with the driver and attachment
(72 x 75 mm).
０３
07749-0010000
07749-0010600
14-383
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７４ＫＢＡＴ０１
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0388
Transfer Output Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment

NOTE: If the transfer output shaft, transfer output shaft 4. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
bearing, transfer output shaft transmission housing 28.5 mm thrust shim and measure its thickness.
bearing, transmission housing, or torque converter
housing were replaced, adjust the transfer output shaft 5. Select and install a new thrust shim, then recheck
installation height with the 28.5 mm thrust shim. the installation height.
1. Install the transfer output shaft (A) in the torque THRUST SHIM, 28.5 mm
converter housing, and install the 28.5 mm thrust No. Part Number Thickness
shim (B) on the top of the shaft. If you replace the A 29031-RDK-000 1.82 mm (0.0717 in.)
28.5 mm thrust shim with a new one, use the same B 29032-RDK-000 1.84 mm (0.0724 in.)
thickness shim as the old one. C 29033-RDK-000 1.86 mm (0.0732 in.)
D 29034-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.0740 in.)
Standard: 46.31−46.35 mm (1.823−1.825 in.) E 29035-RDK-000 1.90 mm (0.0748 in.)
＊０１ F 29036-RDK-000 1.92 mm (0.0756 in.)
B
G 29037-RDK-000 1.94 mm (0.0764 in.)
H 29038-RDK-000 1.96 mm (0.0772 in.)
A
I 29039-RDK-000 1.98 mm (0.0780 in.)
J 29040-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.0787 in.)
E K 29041-RDK-000 2.02 mm (0.0795 in.)
D L 29042-RDK-000 2.04 mm (0.0803 in.)
F
M 29043-RDK-000 2.06 mm (0.0811 in.)
N 29044-RDK-000 2.08 mm (0.0819 in.)
O 29045-RDK-000 2.10 mm (0.0827 in.)
P 29046-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.0835 in.)
Q 29047-RDK-000 2.14 mm (0.0843 in.)
R 29048-RDK-000 2.16 mm (0.0850 in.)
C S 29049-RDK-000 2.18 mm (0.0858 in.)
T 29050-RDK-000 2.20 mm (0.0866 in.)
U 29051-RDK-000 2.22 mm (0.0874 in.)
Transfer Output Shaft Cutaway View V 29052-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.0882 in.)
０２ W 29053-RDK-000 2.26 mm (0.0890 in.)
X 29054-RDK-000 2.28 mm (0.0898 in.)
E Y 29055-RDK-000 2.30 mm (0.0906 in.)
Z 29056-RDK-000 2.32 mm (0.0913 in.)
D AA 29057-RDK-000 2.34 mm (0.0921 in.)
2. Install a new gasket (C) on the torque converter

housing.
3. Measure the height (D) of the transfer output shaft

installation between the surface (E) of the gasket
and the top (F) of the 28.5 mm thrust shim in at
least three places. Use the average as the actual
height.
14-384
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７２ＭＫＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:51 61SJC020_140_0389
Transfer Assembly
Inspection
NOTE: To prevent damage to the transfer housing, Total Starting Torque Measurement
always use soft jaws or equivalent materials between
the transfer housing and a vise. 3. Rotate the transfer companion flange several times
to seat the tapered roller bearings.
Transfer Gear Backlash Measurement
4. Measure the staring torque at the companion
1. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion flange (A) using a torque wrench (B) and a socket
flange (B); position the dial indicator tip (C) on the (C).
direct extension of the bolt hole canter (D).
０３ Standard: 3.20−4.16 N·m
B D C
(32.6−42.4 kgf·cm, 28.3−36.8 lbf·in.)
０４
2. Measure the transfer gear backlash.
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.)
5. If the measurements are out of standard,

disassemble the transfer assembly and repair it.
14-385
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＭＡＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:42:52 61SJC020_140_0390
Transfer Assembly
Disassembly
Exploded View
０１
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m
TRANSFER COVER
O-RING
Replace.
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING

OUTER RACE
THRUST SHIM, 80 mm
Selective part
TRANSFER HYPOID DRIVE GEAR/
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER TAPERED ROLLER

SPACER BEARING
TAPERED ROLLER Replace.
BEARING
THRUST SHIM, 25 mm
Selective part
TRANSFER OUTPUT
SHAFT (HYPOID GEAR)
TAPERED ROLLER
BEARING
THRUST SHIM, 40 mm
Selective part
OUTER RACE TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
OUTER RACE
COMPANION FLANGE THRUST WASHERS
TAPERED ROLLER
BEARING
CONICAL SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
TRANSFER HOUSING

OUTER RACE
OIL SEAL
O-RING Replace.
Replace.
BACK-UP RING
LOCKNUT
22 x 1.25 mm
108−294 N·m (11.0−30.0 kgf·m, 75.6−217 lbf·ft)
Depending on transfer output shaft
(hypoid gear) starting torque value.
14-386
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＬＣＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:10 61SJC020_140_0391
Special Tools Required 5. Cut the lock tab on the locknut using a chisel.
Companion flange holder 07XAB-0020100 ０３
1. Remove the transfer cover (A) from the transfer

housing (B).
０２
C
6. Secure the transfer housing in a bench vise with
soft jaws. To prevent damage to the transfer
housing, always use soft jaws or equivalent
D
materials between the transfer housing and the
vise.
E 7. Install the companion flange holder on the

companion flange, then loosen the locknut.
０４
07XAB-0020100
2. Remove the transfer hypoid drive gear/shaft

assembly (C), the 25 mm thrust shim (D), and the
tapered roller bearing (E).
3. Remove the O-ring (F) from the cover.
4. Drain the transfer fluid (hypoid gear oil) from the

transfer housing.
8. Remove the companion flange holder.
(cont’d)
14-387
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_140_0392
Transfer Assembly
Disassembly (cont’d)
9. Remove the locknut (A), the conical spring washer 11. Remove the oil seal (A) and the tapered roller
(B), the back-up ring (C), the O-ring (D), and the bearing (B) from the transfer housing.
companion flange (E) from the transfer output shaft ０７
(hypoid gear) (F). A
０５
B
F
E
D
C
A
B
10. Remove the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (A)

from the transfer housing (B), then remove the
thrust washers (C) and the transfer spacer (D) from
the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear).
０６
D
C
14-388
07/05/09 16:43:11 61SJC020_140_0393
Transfer Hypoid Drive Gear Bearing Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install a new bearing on the transfer hypoid drive
• Driver 07749-0010000 gear with the driver, attachment (42 x 47 mm),
• Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 attachment (40 x 50 mm), and the press.
• Attachment, 40 x 50 mm 07LAD-PW50601 ０２
07749-0010000
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the
transfer hypoid drive gear (B) with the driver,
attachment (42 x 47 mm), the bearing separator (C)
and the press. 07746-0010300
０１
07LAD-PW50601
07749-0010000
C 07746-0010300
14-389
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７５２ＫＢＡＴ１０
07/05/09 16:43:12 61SJC020_140_0394
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Output Shaft (Hypoid Gear) Bearing Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 40 mm thrust shim (A) over the transfer
Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100 output shaft (hypoid gear).
０２
1. Remove the tapered roller bearing (A) from the 07746-0030100
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (B) with a
bearing separator (C) and a press. Place a shaft
protector (D) between the transfer output shaft and
the press to prevent damaging the shaft.
０１
3. Install the tapered roller bearing over the transfer

output shaft (hypoid gear) with the driver (40 mm
B I.D.), and the press.
A
14-390
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７３ＫＤＡＴ１０
07/05/10 14:03:32 61SJC020_140_0395
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Remove the 58 mm bearing outer race (A) from the
• Driver 07749-0010000 transfer housing (B) by heating the housing to
• Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 about 212 °F (100 °C) with a heat gun (C). Remove
• Oil seal driver attachment 07JAD-PH80101 the 52 mm and the 75 mm outer races by heating, if
• Tapered bearing race installer A 07MAF-SP0011A they are press-fitted. Do not heat the housing more
• Installer shaft 07MAF-SP0013A than 212 °F (100 °C).
０２
C
NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever
the outer race is replaced.
B
1. Remove the 52 mm bearing outer race (A) and the

75 mm outer race (B) from the transfer housing (C).
NOTE: Some bearing outer races (52 mm and

75 mm) are press-fitted in the housing, and these
races are removed by heating the housing.
０１
C
3. Install the 52 mm bearing outer race (A) until it

bottoms in the transfer housing with the driver and
B
attachment (52 x 55 mm).
０３
07749-0010000
07746-0010400
(cont’d)
14-391
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７７１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_140_0396
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Housing Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Replacement (cont’d)

4. Install the 75 mm bearing outer race (A) and the
58 mm outer race (B) in the transfer housing (C), set
the oil seal driver attachment and tapered bearing
race installer A attachments over the races, and
install the installer shaft through the attachments.
０４
07MAF-SP0011A
07MAF-SP0013A
07JAD-PH80101
07MAF-SP0013A
5. Tighten the installer shaft nut (D) to install the races

(A) (B) into the transfer housing (C) securely.
０５
C A D
B
07JAD-PH80101 07MAF-SP0011A
07MAF-SP0013A
14-392
07/05/10 14:03:38 61SJC020_140_0397
Transfer Cover Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Removal/Installation

Special Tools Required 2. Install the 80 mm trust shim (A) and the bearing
• Driver 07749-0010000 outer race (B) in the transfer cover (C).
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100 ０２
B
NOTE: Replace the bearing with a new one whenever
the outer race is replaced.
1. Remove the bearing outer race (A) and the 80 mm A

thrust shim (B) from the transfer cover (C). If the
bearing outer race is press-fitted, remove the outer
race by heating the cover to about 212 °F (100 °C)
with a heat gun (D). Do not heat the cover more
than 212 °F (100 °C).
０１
D
3. Drive the outer race securely in the cover with the

driver and attachment (78 x 80 mm), so there is no
C clearance between the outer race, thrust shim, and
cover.
０３
07749-0010000
B
07NAD-PX40100
14-393
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７４１ＫＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:13 61SJC020_140_0398
Transfer Assembly
Transfer Cover Oil Seal Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. Install the new oil seal (A) in the transfer cover (B)
• Driver 07749-0010000 to a height (C) of 0−1 mm (0−0.04 in.) above the
• Attachment, 65 mm 07JAD-SH30100 cover surface with the driver and attachment
(65 mm).
1. Remove the oil seal from the transfer cover. ０２
０１
07749-001000
07JAD-SH30100
14-394
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５５９７３１ＫＢＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:14 61SJC020_140_0399
Reassembly
Special Tools Required ０２
EXAMPLE:
• Driver, 40 mm I.D. 07746-0030100
C: EXISTING 40 mm X: REPLACEMENT 40 mm
• Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 THRUST SHIM THRUST SHIM
• Driver 07749-0010000 Thickness: C=1.05 mm Thickness: X=？？ mm
• Oil seal driver attachment 07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101 B
A
• Companion flange holder 07XAB-0020100
• Attachment, 78 x 80 mm 07NAD-PX40100
NOTE:
• While reassembling the transfer assembly:
– Check and adjust the transfer gear tooth contact. A: EXISTING TRANSFER B: REPLACEMENT
– Measure and adjust the transfer gear backlash. OUTPUT SHAFT TRANSFER
– Check and adjust the tapered roller bearing starting (HYPOID GEAR) OUTPUT SHAFT
Number: A=＋2 (HYPOID GEAR)
torque. Number: B=−1
A B
• Coat all parts with ATF during reassembly. X= − ＋C
100 100
• Replace the tapered roller bearing and the bearing 2 −1
outer race as a set if either part is replaced. = − ＋1.05
100 100
• Replace the transfer hypoid drive gear and the =0.02＋0.01＋1.05=1.08 (mm)
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) as a set if either Select No. M 40 mm thrust shim of 1.08 mm (0.043 in.).
part is replaced.
THRUST SHIM, 40 mm
1. Select the 40 mm thrust shim if the transfer output Shim Part Number Thickness
shaft (hypoid gear) is replaced. Calculate the No.
thickness of the 40 mm thrust shim using the A 29361-RDK-000 0.72 mm (0.028 in.)
formula below, and select the shim from the B 29362-RDK-000 0.75 mm (0.030 in.)
following table. C 29363-RDK-000 0.78 mm (0.031 in.)
０１ D 29364-RDK-000 0.81 mm (0.032 in.)
E 29365-RDK-000 0.84 mm (0.033 in.)
A B F 29366-RDK-000 0.87 mm (0.034 in.)
FORMULA: − ＋C = X
100 100 G 29367-RDK-000 0.90 mm (0.035 in.)
A: Number on the existing transfer output H 29368-RDK-000 0.93 mm (0.037 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) I 29369-RDK-000 0.96 mm (0.038 in.)
B: Number on the replacement transfer output J 29370-RDK-000 0.99 mm (0.039 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) K 29371-RDK-000 1.02 mm (0.040 in.)
C: Thickness of the existing 40 mm thrust shim
X: Thickness needed for the replacement 40 mm
L 29372-RDK-000 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
thrust shim M 29373-RDK-000 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
N 29374-RDK-000 1.11 mm (0.044 in.)
NOTE: The number on the transfer output O 29375-RDK-000 1.14 mm (0.045 in.)
shaft (hypoid gear) is shown in 1/100 mm.
2. Select the 40 mm thrust shim if the tapered roller

bearing on the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) is
replaced. Measure the thickness of the replacement
bearing and the existing bearing, and calculate the
difference of the bearing thickness. Adjust the
thickness of the existing 40 mm thrust shim by the
amount of difference in bearing thickness, and
select the replacement 40 mm thrust shim.
(cont’d)
14-395
ＳＪＣ８Ａ００Ｅ１０４７４５０００００ＬＤＡＴ００
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_140_0400
Transfer Assembly
Reassembly (cont’d)
3. Install the 40 mm thrust shim (A) on the transfer 6. Install the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (A) in
output shaft (hypoid gear) (B), then install the the transfer housing (B). Do not install the thrust
tapered roller bearing (C) with the driver (40 mm I.D.) washers and transfer spacer on the transfer output
and a press. shaft.
０３０５
07746-0030100
A
A
B
4. Place the tapered roller bearing on the bearing 7. Install the companion flange (A), the conical spring
outer race of the companion flange side of the washer (B) in the direction shown, and the locknut
transfer housing. (C) on the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) (D).
Do not install the O-ring and back-up ring on the
5. Install a new oil seal on the transfer housing with transfer output shaft.
the driver, oil seal driver attachment, and the press. ０６
０４
A
07749-0010000
C
07GAD-PG40100 or
07GAD-PG40101
14-396
07/05/09 16:43:15 61SJC020_140_0401
8. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B) 10. Apply Prussian Blue to both sides of the transfer
with soft jaws, then install the companion flange hypoid drive gear teeth lightly and evenly.
holder on the companion flange. To prevent
damage to the transfer housing, always use soft 11. Install the tapered roller bearing (A), the 25 mm
jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer thrust shim (B), and the transfer hypoid drive gear/
housing and the vise. shaft assembly (C) in the transfer housing (D).
０８
8 x 1.25 mm
9. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting 26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
torque of the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) so
the starting torque is within 1.15−1.71 N·m (11.7−
17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.).
NOTE: Do not stake the locknut in this step. E
Starting Torque:
1.15−1.71 N·m C
(11.7−17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.)
０７
A
B
07XAB-0020100
A
B
12. Install the transfer cover (E) and the bolts, and
tighten the bolts. Do not install the O-ring on the
transfer cover.
(cont’d)
14-397
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_140_0402
Transfer Assembly
13. Rotate the companion flange several times to seat 17. If the measurement of the backlash is out of the
the tapered roller bearings. standard, adjust the transfer gear backlash with the
40 mm thrust shim and recheck. Do not use more
14. Set a dial indicator (A) on the transfer companion than two 40 mm thrust shims to adjust the transfer
flange (B); position dial indicator tip (C) on the gear backlash.
direct extension of the bolt hole center (D).
＊０１ 18. If the transfer gear tooth contact is incorrect, adjust
B D C
the transfer gear tooth contact with the 25 mm or
A 40 mm thrust shim. Do not use more than two
shims of each thrust shim to adjust the tooth
contact.
• Toe Contact
Use a thinner 40 mm thrust shim to move the
transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) away from the
transfer hypoid drive gear. Because this
movement causes the transfer gear backlash to
change, move the transfer hypoid drive gear
toward the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) to
adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:
– Reduce the thickness of the 25 mm thrust shim.
15. Measure the transfer gear backlash. – Increase the thickness of the 80 mm thrust
shim by amount of reduce thickness of the
Standard: 0.06−0.17 mm (0.002−0.007 in.) 25 mm thrust shim.
• Heel Contact
16. Remove the transfer cover, the transfer hypoid Use a thicker 40 mm thrust shim to move the
drive gear/shaft assembly, and check the transfer transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) toward the
hypoid drive gear tooth contact pattern. transfer hypoid drive gear. Because this
１０ movement causes the transfer backlash to
CORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN
change, move the transfer hypoid drive gear
away from the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear)
to adjust the transfer gear backlash as follows:
– Increase the thickness of the 25 mm thrust
shim.
INCORRECT TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN – Reduce the thickness of the 80 mm thrust shim
by the amount of increase thickness of the
25 mm thrust shim.
TOE CONTACT
• Flank Contact
Use a thicker 25 mm thrust shim to move the
transfer hypoid drive gear away from the transfer
output shaft (hypoid gear).
Flank contact must be adjusted within the limits
HEEL CONTACT of the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash
exceeds the limits, adjust as described under
Heel Contact.
• Face Contact
Use a thinner 25 mm thrust shim to move the
FLANK CONTACT transfer hypoid drive gear toward the transfer
output shaft (hypoid gear).
Face contact must be adjusted within the limits of
the transfer gear backlash. If the backlash
exceeds the limits, adjust as described under Toe
Contact.
FACE CONTACT
14-398
07/05/09 16:43:16 61SJC020_140_0403
THRUST SHIM, 25 mm 20. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
Shim Part Number Thickness with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
No. holder on the companion flange. To prevent
1.70 29411-P1C-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
1.73 29412-P1C-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.) jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
1.76 29413-P1C-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.) housing and the vise.
1.79 29414-P1C-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) ＊０２
1.82 29415-P1C-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.) A 07XAB-0020100
1.85 29416-P1C-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
1.88 29417-P1C-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
1.91 29418-P1C-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
B
1.94 29419-P1C-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
1.97 29420-P1C-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)
2.00 29421-P1C-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
2.03 29422-P1C-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
2.06 29423-P1C-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
2.09 29424-P1C-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
2.12 29425-P1C-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
2.15 29426-P1C-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
2.18 29427-P1C-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
2.21 29428-P1C-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
2.24 29429-P1C-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
19. Remove the transfer cover (A), transfer hypoid

drive gear/shaft assembly (B), 25 mm thrust shim 21. Remove the locknut (A), the conical spring washer
(C), and tapered roller bearing (D) from the transfer (B), and the companion flange (C) from the transfer
housing (E) after adjusting the transfer gear output shaft (hypoid gear) (D).
backlash or transfer gear tooth contact. １３
１１
C
A
A
B
C
D
D
E
B
22. Remove the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear)

from the transfer housing.
(cont’d)
14-399
07/05/09 16:43:17 61SJC020_140_0404
Transfer Assembly
23. Install the two thrust washers (A) and a new 26. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
transfer spacer (B) on the transfer output shaft with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
(hypoid gear) (C) in the direction shown, and install holder on the companion flange. To prevent
them in the transfer housing (D). damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
１４ jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
B housing and the vise.
１６
A
07XAB-0020100
27. Tighten the locknut while measuring the starting

torque of the transfer output shaft (hypoid gear) so
the starting torque is within 1.15−1.71 N·m (11.7−
24. Coat the threads of the locknut and transfer output 17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.).
shaft (hypoid gear) with ATF.
Tightening Torque:
25. Install the companion flange (A), a new O-ring (B), 108−294 N·m
back-up ring (C), a new conical spring washer (D), (11.0−30.0 kgf·m, 79.6−217 lbf·ft)
and a new locknut (E) on the transfer output shaft Starting Torque:
(hypoid gear) (F). Install the conical spring washer 1.15−1.71 N·m
in the direction shown. (11.7−17.4 kgf·cm, 10.2−15.1 lbf·in.)
１５
NOTE:
• Rotate the companion flange several times to
seat the tapered roller bearings, then measure
A
the starting torque.
• If the starting torque exceeds 1.71 N·m
B
(17.4 kgf·cm, 15.1 lbf·in), replace the transfer
C
spacer and reassemble the parts. Do not adjust
E the torque with the locknut loose.
• If the tightening torque exceeds 294 N·m
(30.0 kgf·m, 217 lbf·ft), replace the transfer spacer
and reassemble the parts.
F 28. Remove the companion flange holder.
14-400
07/05/09 16:43:17 61SJC020_140_0405
29. Stake the locknut to a depth (A) of 0.7−1.2 mm 32. Secure the transfer housing (A) in a bench vise (B)
(0.03−0.05 in.) using a 3.5 mm punch (B). with soft jaws, then install the companion flange
１７ holder on the companion flange. To prevent
damage to the transfer housing, always use soft
jaws or equivalent materials between the transfer
housing and the vise.
１９
A
C
A
B
B E
D
30. Install the tapered roller bearing (A), the 25 mm
thrust shim (B), and the transfer hypoid drive gear/
shaft assembly (C) in the transfer housing (D).
１８
8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
33. Rotate the transfer companion flange (C) several
times to seat the tapered roller bearings.
34. Measure the starting torque at the companion

E flange using a torque wrench (D) and a socket (E).
Total Starting Torque:

C 3.20−4.16 N·m
(32.6−42.4 kgf·cm, 28.3−36.8 lbf·in.)
31. Temporarily install the transfer cover (E) without

the O-ring. Install and tighten the bolts.
(cont’d)
14-401
07/05/09 16:43:18 61SJC020_140_0406
Transfer Assembly
35. Remove the transfer cover. 37. Measure the thickness of removed 80 mm thrust
shim, and select a new 80 mm shim.
36. If the measurement is out of standard, remove the
bearing outer race (A) and the 80 mm thrust shim THRUST SHIM, 80 mm
(B) from the transfer cover (C). If the bearing outer Shim Part Number Thickness
race is press-fitted, remove the bearing outer race No.
by heating the cover to about 212 °F (100 °C) with a A 41401-RDK-000 1.52 mm (0.060 in.)
heat gun (D). Do not heat the cover more than B 41402-RDK-000 1.55 mm (0.061 in.)
212 °F (100 °C). C 41403-RDK-000 1.58 mm (0.062 in.)
D 41404-RDK-000 1.61 mm (0.063 in.)
If the measurement is within the standard, go to E 41405-RDK-000 1.64 mm (0.065 in.)
step 41. F 41406-RDK-000 1.67 mm (0.066 in.)
２０ G 41407-RDK-000 1.70 mm (0.067 in.)
D H 41408-RDK-000 1.73 mm (0.068 in.)
I 41409-RDK-000 1.76 mm (0.069 in.)
J 41410-RDK-000 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)
K 41411-RDK-000 1.82 mm (0.072 in.)
L 41412-RDK-000 1.85 mm (0.073 in.)
M 41413-RDK-000 1.88 mm (0.074 in.)
N 41414-RDK-000 1.91 mm (0.075 in.)
O 41415-RDK-000 1.94 mm (0.076 in.)
P 41416-RDK-000 1.97 mm (0.078 in.)
Q 41417-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
R 41418-RDK-000 2.03 mm (0.080 in.)
S 41419-RDK-000 2.06 mm (0.081 in.)
T 41420-RDK-000 2.09 mm (0.082 in.)
C U 41421-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
V 41422-RDK-000 2.15 mm (0.085 in.)
W 41423-RDK-000 2.18 mm (0.086 in.)
X 41424-RDK-000 2.21 mm (0.087 in.)
Y 41425-RDK-000 2.24 mm (0.088 in.)
Z 41426-RDK-000 2.27 mm (0.089 in.)
B
AA 41427-RDK-000 2.30 mm (0.091 in.)
AB 41428-RDK-000 2.33 mm (0.092 in.)
A
AC 41429-RDK-000 2.36 mm (0.093 in.)
AD 41430-RDK-000 2.39 mm (0.094 in.)
AE 41431-RDK-000 2.42 mm (0.095 in.)
AF 41432-RDK-000 2.45 mm (0.096 in.)
AG 41433-RDK-000 2.48 mm (0.098 in.)
AH 41434-RDK-000 2.51 mm (0.099 in.)
AI 41435-RDK-000 2.54 mm (0.100 in.)
AJ 41436-RDK-000 2.57 mm (0.101 in.)
AK 41437-RDK-000 2.60 mm (0.102 in.)
AL 41438-RDK-000 2.63 mm (0.104 in.)
AM 41439-RDK-000 2.66 mm (0.105 in.)
14-402
07/05/09 16:43:18 61SJC020_140_0407
38. Install the 80 mm trust shim (A) and bearing outer 41. Install a new O-ring (A) on the transfer cover (B),
race (B) in the transfer cover (C). If you heated the then install the cover on the transfer housing (C).
cover, let it cool to room temperature before ２３
installing the thrust shim. 8 x 1.25 mm
26 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 20 lbf·ft)
２１
B
A
B
39. Drive the outer race securely in the cover with the
driver and attachment (78 x 80 mm), so there is no
clearance between the outer race, thrust shim, and
cover.
２２ 42. Remove the filler plug (A), then refill the transfer
with transfer fluid (hypoid gear oil) through the
filler hole. Use an SAE 90 or SAE 80W−90 viscosity
07749-0010000 hypoid gear oil, API classified GL4 or GL5 only.
Viscosity
SAE 90: Above 0 °F ( −18 °C)
SAE 80W−90: Below 0 °F ( −18 °C)
Hypoid Gear Oil Capacity: 0.45 L (0.48 US qt)

２４
07NAD-PX40100
40. After replacing the 80 mm thrust shim, recheck and B

make sure that the total starting torque is within the
specification.
A
24 x 1.5 mm
44 N·m
43. Install the filler plug with a new sealing washer (B).
14-403

M - Automatic Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

M - Automatic Transmission

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

M - Automatic Transmission

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

07/05/09 16:27:06 61SJC020_140_0003

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is

Automatic Transmission .................................. 14-1

Driveline/Axle ................................................... 16-1

Valve Body A/T Differential

Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

General Troubleshooting Information

NOTE: If the HDS does not communicate with the

3. Record the freeze data and on-board snapshots for

4. If there is a fuel and emissions DTC, first check the

Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Example: DTC 15-5

Long blink Short blinks (five)

5. Clear the DTC and data.

6. Drive the vehicle for several minutes under the

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

2. Remove the PCM cover (A). Disconnect the PCM

6. Gently slide the pin probe (male) at the connector

• For accurate results, always use the pin

Clear A/T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0).

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for

3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and

4. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).

5. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it to normal

6. To verify that the problem is repaired, test-drive the

• PASSED: The on-board diagnosis is successfully

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the CM

8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6, clean

9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure (see page 11-273).

10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure (see page 11-4).

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II).

3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If

4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS.

5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION

NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED,

6. Jump the SCS line with the HDS.

General Troubleshooting Information (cont’d)

NOTE: DTC P0630 ‘‘VIN Not Programmed or

A 15. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS.

16. Enter the immobilizer code using the PCM

B 17. Reset the PCM with the HDS.

9. Remove the bolts (E), and remove the PCM (F).

10. Install a known-good PCM in the reverse order of

DTC Troubleshooting Index

DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Troubleshooting Index

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont’d)

Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes

Component Location Index

SOLENOID HARNESS 4TH CLUTCH